Bug#772514: unblock: texlive-base/2014.20141024-2
Package: release.debian.org
Severity: normal
User: release.debian.org@packages.debian.org
Usertags: unblock
Dear release team,
I would like to ask for an unblock of texlive-base 2014.20141024-2.
The only changes happened were (from the changelog):
* texlive-xetex (polyglossia) needs texlive-latex-extra (Closes: #767887)
* update of the latex core: only documentation updates
* update of tools package: fixes a serious bug
* unfuzzify patches
Let us go through the 4 items one by one:
* texlive-xetex (polyglossia) needs texlive-latex-extra (Closes: #767887)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
simple addition of a depends: texlive-latex-extra, as one of the main
packages, polyglossia (babel for xelatex), needs unconditionally packages
from -extra
* update of the latex core: only documentation updates
------------------------------------------------------
The LaTeX project updated the distribution, namely the latex core (this
change) and the tools package (next change). The changes in the LaTeX
core are only spelling correction. The following is an excerpt from the
CTAN announcement, which is also included in the quilt patch 'latex-update':
Karl Berry ran a spell-check over the sources and found a lot
of missed errors - thanks for that.
...
This release has no code changes.
* update of tools package: fixes a serious bug
----------------------------------------------
As above, the LaTeX project has also released an update to the 'tools'
package, a set of very fundamental LaTeX packages. Here we actually have
a code change, which fixes a serious bug. Again, an excerpt from the
CTAN announcement. The full CTAN announcement is available in the
quilt patch 'tools-update':
This update contains code fixes to multicol (from v1.8g to v1.8i) see
change-log below. This should be installed as multicols* is not working
correctly in the current version!
In addition it contains documentation updates for various files,
correcting typos found by Karl Berry. No version changes (only date
changes) to those packages as the code is unchanged.
* unfuzzify patches
-------------------
Just the usual quilt refresh game for some patches.
The full debdiff is attached, and looks a bit scary, as the control file
has changed. Here I have to explain, that we don't have a normal git
packaging layout, but meta-packaging scripts that *generate* the
whole source packages.
I am aware that the dependencies could be sorted, but I don't want to
make changes to the generation script at this stage, not to interfere with
other changes (and it would anyway generate a different control file order).
As the only code changes is a fix for a serious LaTeX/tools bug, although
not reported in the Debian BTS, I ask for an unblock of this package.
Thanks a lot
Norbert
unblock texlive-base/2014.20141024-2
-- System Information:
Debian Release: 8.0
APT prefers unstable
APT policy: (500, 'unstable'), (200, 'experimental')
Architecture: amd64 (x86_64)
Foreign Architectures: i386
Kernel: Linux 3.18.0-rc7+ (SMP w/4 CPU cores; PREEMPT)
Locale: LANG=en_US.utf8, LC_CTYPE=en_US.utf8 (charmap=UTF-8)
Shell: /bin/sh linked to /bin/dash
Init: systemd (via /run/systemd/system)
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/changelog texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/changelog
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/changelog 2014-10-24 11:01:46.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/changelog 2014-12-02 22:34:20.000000000 +0900
@@ -1,3 +1,12 @@
+texlive-base (2014.20141024-2) unstable; urgency=medium
+
+ * texlive-xetex (polyglossia) needs texlive-latex-extra (Closes: #767887)
+ * update of the latex core: only documentation updates
+ * update of tools package: fixes a serious bug
+ * unfuzzify patches
+
+ -- Norbert Preining <preining@debian.org> Tue, 02 Dec 2014 22:34:13 +0900
+
texlive-base (2014.20141024-1) unstable; urgency=medium
* new upstream checkout
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/control texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/control
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/control 2014-10-24 12:17:16.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/control 2014-12-02 22:36:16.000000000 +0900
@@ -10,12 +10,12 @@
Package: texlive-base
Architecture: all
-Depends: libpaper-utils, ${misc:Depends}, xdg-utils, tex-common (>= 5), texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), ucf
-Conflicts: latex-xcolor (<< 2014), texlive-doc-en (<< 2013), texlive-lang-latin (<< 2013), texlive-doc-si (<< 2014), texlive-lang-vietnamese (<< 2013), texlive-lang-german (<< 2014), texlive-base (<< 2014), texlive-doc-fr (<< 2013), texlive-fonts-recommended-doc (<< 2014), texlive-fonts-extra (<< 2014), texlive-doc-fi (<< 2014), texlive-doc-it (<< 2013), texlive-generic-extra (<< 2014), texlive-formats-extra (<< 2014), texlive-lang-hebrew (<< 2013), texlive-doc-es (<< 2013), texlive-lang-japanese (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ru (<< 2013), texlive-doc-si (<< 2013), texlive-lang-other (<< 2014), texlive-lang-dutch (<< 2014), texlive-doc-bg (<< 2014), texlive-metapost (<< 2014), texlive-extra-utils (<< 2014), texlive-doc-zh (<< 2014), texlive-lang-chinese (<< 2014), texlive-lang-european (<< 2014), texlive-latex-extra (<< 2014), texlive-lang-spanish (<< 2014), texlive-lang-dutch (<< 2013), texlive-doc-tr (<< 2013), texlive-doc-rs (<< 2014), texlive-doc-es (<< 2014), texlive-lang-portuguese (
<< 2014), texlive-doc-ja (<< 2014), texlive-latex-recommended (<< 2014), texpower (<< 2014), texlive-binaries (<< 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-generic-recommended (<< 2014), texlive-lang-arabic (<< 2014), thailatex (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ko (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ru (<< 2014), texlive-lang-italian (<< 2014), pdfjam (<< 2014), texlive-doc-fr (<< 2014), texlive-lang-mongolian (<< 2013), texlive-latex-extra-doc (<< 2014), texlive-luatex (<< 2014), texlive-pictures-doc (<< 2014), texlive-lang-norwegian (<< 2013), texlive-doc-uk (<< 2014), texlive-latex-base (<< 2014), texlive-lang-lithuanian (<< 2013), texlive-doc-en (<< 2014), texlive-lang-cyrillic (<< 2014), texlive-doc-tr (<< 2014), texlive-doc-zh (<< 2013), texlive-lang-english (<< 2014), texlive-doc-cs+sk (<< 2013), texlive-lang-danish (<< 2013), texlive-lang-greek (<< 2014), texlive-omega (<< 2014), texlive-doc-nl (<< 2014), texlive-lang-french (<< 2014), texlive-font-utils (<< 2014), texlive-doc-th (<< 2014), texlive-doc-mn (<<
2014), texlive-bibtex-extra (<< 2014), texlive-latex3 (<< 2014), texlive-science (<< 2014), texlive-lang-croatian (<< 2014), texlive-doc-de (<< 2013), texlive-doc-bg (<< 2013), texlive-doc-fi (<< 2013), ptex-bin (<< 2014), texlive-lang-danish (<< 2014), texlive-latex-base-doc (<< 2014), texlive-lang-finnish (<< 2014), texlive-doc-cs+sk (<< 2014), texlive-latex-recommended-doc (<< 2014), texlive (<< 2014), texlive-metapost-doc (<< 2014), texlive-lang-hebrew (<< 2014), texlive-lang-tibetan (<< 2014), texlive-doc-rs (<< 2013), texlive-doc-pl (<< 2014), texlive-doc-base, texlive-lang-armenian (<< 2014), texlive-doc-th (<< 2013), texlive-common, texlive-doc-mn (<< 2013), texlive-doc-ar (<< 2013), texlive-lang-latin (<< 2014), texlive-pstricks-doc (<< 2014), texlive-doc-vi (<< 2014), texlive-humanities (<< 2014), texlive-publishers (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ja (<< 2013), texlive-doc-pt (<< 2014), texlive-science-doc (<< 2014), texlive-doc-nl (<< 2013), texlive-lang-armenian (<< 2013), texliv
e-plain-extra (<< 2014), texlive-lang-hungarian (<< 2014), texlive-doc-pt (<< 2013), texlive-lang-swedish (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ar (<< 2014), texlive-lang-latvian (<< 2013), texlive-music (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ko (<< 2013), texlive-games (<< 2014), texlive-math-extra (<< 2014), texlive-humanities-doc (<< 2014), pgf (<< 2014), texlive-doc-uk (<< 2013), texlive-lang-latvian (<< 2014), texlive-lang-polish (<< 2014), texlive-xetex (<< 2014), texlive-lang-swedish (<< 2013), texlive-lang-tibetan (<< 2013), latex-beamer (<< 2014), texlive-lang-korean (<< 2014), texlive-lang-finnish (<< 2013), texlive-doc-de (<< 2014), texlive-pictures (<< 2014), texlive-lang-african (<< 2014), texlive-full (<< 2014), texlive-doc-pl (<< 2013), texlive-lang-indic (<< 2014), texlive-lang-cjk (<< 2014), texlive-lang-lithuanian (<< 2014), texlive-lang-vietnamese (<< 2014), texlive-lang-mongolian (<< 2014), texlive-lang-hungarian (<< 2013), texlive-fonts-recommended (<< 2014), texlive-lang-norwegian (<< 2014),
texlive-lang-all (<< 2014), texlive-lang-croatian (<< 2013), texlive-pstricks (<< 2014), texlive-publishers-doc (<< 2014), texlive-lang-czechslovak (<< 2014), texlive-doc-it (<< 2014), texlive-doc-vi (<< 2013), texlive-fonts-extra-doc (<< 2014), latex-sanskrit (<< 2014)
+Depends: ucf, xdg-utils, texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), libpaper-utils, tex-common (>= 5), ${misc:Depends}
+Conflicts: texlive-doc-ar (<< 2013), texlive-lang-all (<< 2014), latex-sanskrit (<< 2014), texlive-science-doc (<< 2014), texlive-lang-armenian (<< 2014), texlive-lang-dutch (<< 2014), texlive-doc-fr (<< 2014), texlive-binaries (<< 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-doc-it (<< 2013), texlive-publishers-doc (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ar (<< 2014), texlive-doc-tr (<< 2013), texlive-doc-de (<< 2014), texlive-doc-fr (<< 2013), texlive-lang-latin (<< 2013), texlive-latex-recommended-doc (<< 2014), texlive-doc-mn (<< 2014), texlive-lang-swedish (<< 2013), texlive-luatex (<< 2014), texlive-doc-pt (<< 2014), thailatex (<< 2014), texlive-lang-norwegian (<< 2014), texlive-music (<< 2014), texlive-doc-cs+sk (<< 2013), texlive-lang-portuguese (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ko (<< 2013), texlive-doc-bg (<< 2013), texlive-lang-vietnamese (<< 2013), texlive-lang-korean (<< 2014), texlive-lang-japanese (<< 2014), texlive-doc-es (<< 2013), texlive-doc-pl (<< 2013), texlive-lang-dutch (<< 2013), texlive-lang-latvian
(<< 2014), texlive-doc-de (<< 2013), texlive-games (<< 2014), texlive-plain-extra (<< 2014), texlive-lang-tibetan (<< 2013), texlive-full (<< 2014), texlive (<< 2014), texlive-doc-en (<< 2013), texlive-lang-indic (<< 2014), texlive-lang-czechslovak (<< 2014), texlive-lang-latvian (<< 2013), texlive-doc-ja (<< 2013), texlive-science (<< 2014), texlive-latex-extra-doc (<< 2014), texlive-doc-bg (<< 2014), texlive-lang-finnish (<< 2013), texlive-doc-cs+sk (<< 2014), texlive-lang-german (<< 2014), texlive-lang-norwegian (<< 2013), texlive-latex-extra (<< 2014), texlive-generic-extra (<< 2014), texlive-pictures-doc (<< 2014), texlive-doc-rs (<< 2013), ptex-bin (<< 2014), texlive-lang-latin (<< 2014), texlive-lang-armenian (<< 2013), texlive-common, texlive-lang-spanish (<< 2014), texlive-doc-uk (<< 2014), texlive-lang-arabic (<< 2014), texlive-lang-tibetan (<< 2014), texlive-doc-th (<< 2014), latex-xcolor (<< 2014), texlive-doc-fi (<< 2014), texlive-base (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ko (<< 2014
), texlive-latex3 (<< 2014), texlive-doc-en (<< 2014), texlive-humanities (<< 2014), texpower (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ru (<< 2014), texlive-latex-recommended (<< 2014), texlive-lang-mongolian (<< 2013), texlive-pstricks-doc (<< 2014), texlive-doc-rs (<< 2014), texlive-metapost (<< 2014), texlive-lang-danish (<< 2013), pgf (<< 2014), texlive-doc-mn (<< 2013), texlive-lang-hungarian (<< 2013), texlive-formats-extra (<< 2014), texlive-doc-tr (<< 2014), texlive-metapost-doc (<< 2014), texlive-extra-utils (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ru (<< 2013), texlive-font-utils (<< 2014), texlive-lang-italian (<< 2014), texlive-doc-vi (<< 2013), texlive-latex-base (<< 2014), texlive-doc-ja (<< 2014), texlive-pstricks (<< 2014), latex-beamer (<< 2014), texlive-pictures (<< 2014), texlive-bibtex-extra (<< 2014), texlive-doc-vi (<< 2014), texlive-fonts-extra-doc (<< 2014), texlive-generic-recommended (<< 2014), texlive-doc-base, texlive-lang-french (<< 2014), texlive-lang-hebrew (<< 2014), texlive-doc-uk (<<
2013), texlive-doc-si (<< 2014), texlive-lang-hebrew (<< 2013), texlive-doc-pt (<< 2013), texlive-omega (<< 2014), texlive-doc-th (<< 2013), texlive-lang-other (<< 2014), texlive-lang-cjk (<< 2014), texlive-lang-mongolian (<< 2014), texlive-publishers (<< 2014), texlive-lang-croatian (<< 2013), texlive-doc-zh (<< 2014), texlive-math-extra (<< 2014), texlive-lang-polish (<< 2014), texlive-fonts-extra (<< 2014), texlive-lang-chinese (<< 2014), texlive-lang-danish (<< 2014), texlive-lang-english (<< 2014), pdfjam (<< 2014), texlive-latex-base-doc (<< 2014), texlive-lang-lithuanian (<< 2014), texlive-lang-european (<< 2014), texlive-lang-hungarian (<< 2014), texlive-humanities-doc (<< 2014), texlive-lang-african (<< 2014), texlive-lang-greek (<< 2014), texlive-doc-si (<< 2013), texlive-lang-lithuanian (<< 2013), texlive-lang-cyrillic (<< 2014), texlive-doc-es (<< 2014), texlive-xetex (<< 2014), texlive-doc-nl (<< 2014), texlive-doc-zh (<< 2013), texlive-doc-nl (<< 2013), texlive-doc-fi
(<< 2013), texlive-lang-finnish (<< 2014), texlive-lang-vietnamese (<< 2014), texlive-fonts-recommended-doc (<< 2014), texlive-fonts-recommended (<< 2014), texlive-doc-it (<< 2014), texlive-doc-pl (<< 2014), texlive-lang-swedish (<< 2014), texlive-lang-croatian (<< 2014)
Recommends: lmodern (>= 0.93.3)
Provides: dvipdfmx
-Suggests: gv | postscript-viewer, ghostscript, perl-tk, xpdf-reader | pdf-viewer
-Replaces: texlive-binaries (<< 2013), context (<< 2012.05.30.20121209), texlive-doc-en (<< 2013), texlive-common (<< 2013), texlive-doc-base (<< 2013)
+Suggests: perl-tk, gv | postscript-viewer, ghostscript, xpdf-reader | pdf-viewer
+Replaces: texlive-binaries (<< 2013), texlive-doc-en (<< 2013), texlive-common (<< 2013), texlive-doc-base (<< 2013), context (<< 2012.05.30.20121209)
Breaks: texlive-doc-base (<< 2013), context (<< 2012.05.30.20121209), texlive-omega (<< 2013.20140325)
Description: TeX Live: Essential programs and files
These files are regarded as basic for any TeX system, covering plain TeX
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
Package: texlive-generic-recommended
Architecture: all
-Depends: texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}, texlive-base (>= 2014)
+Depends: texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
Breaks: texlive-base (<< 2014)
Description: TeX Live: Generic recommended packages
Recommended packages that work with multiple formats.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
Package: texlive-latex-base
Architecture: all
-Depends: ${misc:Depends}, texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-base (>= 2014)
+Depends: texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
Recommends: texlive-latex-base-doc
Replaces: texlive-latex-recommended (<< 2013.20140227)
Breaks: texlive-base (<< 2014)
@@ -189,12 +189,12 @@
Package: texlive-latex-recommended
Architecture: all
-Depends: texlive-latex-base (>= 2014), texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
+Depends: texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-latex-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
Recommends: prosper (>= 1.00.4+cvs.2006.10.22), texlive-latex-recommended-doc
-Provides: texlive-latex3, latex-xcolor, latex-beamer
+Provides: latex-xcolor, latex-beamer, texlive-latex3
Suggests: texlive-pstricks
Replaces: texlive-humanities (<< 2014.20140907)
-Breaks: texlive-latex-base (<< 2013.20140227), texlive-base (<< 2014)
+Breaks: texlive-base (<< 2014), texlive-latex-base (<< 2013.20140227)
Description: TeX Live: LaTeX recommended packages
A collection of recommended add-on packages for LaTeX which have widespread
use.
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@
Section: fonts
Architecture: all
Depends: texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
-Recommends: texlive-fonts-recommended-doc, tipa (>= 2:1.2-2.1), tex-gyre
+Recommends: tipa (>= 2:1.2-2.1), texlive-fonts-recommended-doc, tex-gyre
Replaces: texlive-latex-recommended (<< 2013.20140110)
Breaks: texlive-base (<< 2014), texlive-latex-recommended (<< 2013.20140110)
Description: TeX Live: Recommended fonts
@@ -372,10 +372,10 @@
Package: texlive-pictures
Architecture: all
-Depends: texlive-latex-recommended (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
+Depends: texlive-latex-recommended (>= 2014), texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), ${misc:Depends}, texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014)
Recommends: texlive-pictures-doc, ruby | ruby-interpreter, tk, prerex
Provides: pgf
-Suggests: texlive-latex-extra, libtcltk-ruby, dot2tex
+Suggests: libtcltk-ruby, texlive-latex-extra, dot2tex
Breaks: texlive-base (<< 2014)
Description: TeX Live: Graphics, pictures, diagrams
Including TikZ, pict, etc., but MetaPost and PStricks are separate.
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@
Package: texlive-luatex
Architecture: all
-Depends: texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}, libjs-jquery
+Depends: texlive-base (>= 2014), libjs-jquery, texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}, texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982)
Breaks: texlive-base (<< 2014)
Description: TeX Live: LuaTeX packages
Packages for LuaTeX, a Unicode-aware extension of pdfTeX, using Lua as an
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
Package: texlive-metapost
Architecture: all
-Depends: texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
+Depends: texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), ${misc:Depends}, texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014)
Recommends: texlive-metapost-doc, feynmf
Breaks: texlive-base (<< 2014)
Description: TeX Live: MetaPost and Metafont packages
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@
Package: texlive-omega
Architecture: all
-Depends: ${misc:Depends}, texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-latex-base (>= 2014)
+Depends: ${misc:Depends}, texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-latex-base (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982)
Replaces: texlive-base (<< 2013), texlive-lang-tibetan (<< 2013)
Breaks: texlive-base (<< 2014)
Description: TeX Live: Omega packages
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@
Package: texlive-xetex
Architecture: all
-Depends: texlive-latex-base (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), tipa (>= 2:1.2-2.1), texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
+Depends: texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-latex-extra (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}, tipa (>= 2:1.2-2.1), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-latex-base (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014)
Recommends: lmodern
Breaks: texlive-base (<< 2014)
Description: TeX Live: XeTeX and packages
@@ -892,7 +892,7 @@
Package: texlive
Architecture: all
-Depends: ${misc:Depends}, texlive-fonts-recommended (>= 2014), texlive-latex-recommended (>= 2014), texlive-latex-base (>= 2014)
+Depends: texlive-latex-recommended (>= 2014), texlive-fonts-recommended (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}, texlive-latex-base (>= 2014)
Description: TeX Live: A decent selection of the TeX Live packages
The TeX Live software distribution offers a complete TeX system. It
encompasses programs for typesetting, previewing and printing of TeX
@@ -904,8 +904,8 @@
Package: texlive-full
Architecture: all
-Depends: texlive-generic-extra (>= 2014), tex-gyre, texlive-fonts-extra-doc (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}, texlive-latex-recommended-doc (>= 2014), texlive-latex-extra (>= 2014), texlive-extra-utils (>= 2014), texinfo (>= 4.8), context, texlive-science-doc (>= 2014), texlive-luatex (>= 2014), texlive-lang-african (>= 2014), texlive-lang-german (>= 2014), texlive-lang-polish (>= 2014), prerex, texlive-bibtex-extra (>= 2014), latexdiff, texlive-games (>= 2014), texlive-lang-czechslovak (>= 2014), texlive-lang-arabic (>= 2014), texlive-latex-recommended (>= 2014), latexmk, texlive-plain-extra (>= 2014), info (>= 4.8), texlive-pictures-doc (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-lang-english (>= 2014), texlive-omega (>= 2014), lmodern (>= 0.93.3), texlive-lang-spanish (>= 2014), texlive-science (>= 2014), texlive-lang-greek (>= 2014), texlive-humanities (>= 2014), texlive-pictures (>= 2014), lacheck, texlive-lang-european (>= 2014), texlive-lang-chinese (>= 2014), cm-super (>= 0.3.3-3),
chktex, texlive-latex-base-doc (>= 2014), texlive-lang-cyrillic (>= 2014), texlive-fonts-recommended-doc (>= 2014), texlive-lang-other (>= 2014), texlive-pstricks-doc (>= 2014), tipa (>= 2:1.2-2.1), texlive-formats-extra (>= 2014), fragmaster, texlive-fonts-extra (>= 2014), texlive-latex-extra-doc (>= 2014), tex4ht (>= 20051214), purifyeps, latex-cjk-all (>= 4.6.0+cvs20060714-2), texlive-lang-indic (>= 2014), dvidvi, texlive-publishers (>= 2014), texlive-metapost (>= 2014), texlive-lang-italian (>= 2014), dvipng, prosper (>= 1.00.4+cvs.2006.10.22), lcdf-typetools, texlive-humanities-doc (>= 2014), texlive-pstricks (>= 2014), texlive-publishers-doc (>= 2014), texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), psutils, feynmf, texlive-fonts-recommended (>= 2014), texlive-metapost-doc (>= 2014), texlive-lang-cjk (>= 2014), texlive-lang-portuguese (>= 2014), texlive-lang-korean (>= 2014), texlive-music (>= 2014), texlive-generic-recommended (>= 2014), texlive-lang-japanese (>= 2014), texlive-x
etex (>= 2014), texlive-math-extra (>= 2014), texlive-lang-french (>= 2014), t1utils, texlive-latex-base (>= 2014), texlive-font-utils (>= 2014)
-Suggests: passivetex (>> 1.25-2), xmltex (>> 1.9-11.1), xindy, jadetex (>= 3.13-7.1)
+Depends: texlive-xetex (>= 2014), dvidvi, texlive-lang-african (>= 2014), prerex, texlive-lang-cjk (>= 2014), context, t1utils, psutils, texlive-omega (>= 2014), texlive-lang-german (>= 2014), texlive-fonts-recommended (>= 2014), texlive-pictures-doc (>= 2014), texlive-lang-korean (>= 2014), texlive-binaries (>= 2014.20140512.33982), texlive-luatex (>= 2014), texlive-latex-base-doc (>= 2014), texlive-lang-polish (>= 2014), texlive-science (>= 2014), texlive-lang-portuguese (>= 2014), texlive-latex-recommended-doc (>= 2014), texlive-metapost-doc (>= 2014), texlive-games (>= 2014), texlive-generic-extra (>= 2014), cm-super (>= 0.3.3-3), texlive-pstricks-doc (>= 2014), texlive-math-extra (>= 2014), texlive-music (>= 2014), texlive-humanities-doc (>= 2014), feynmf, texlive-lang-english (>= 2014), texlive-publishers-doc (>= 2014), texlive-publishers (>= 2014), texlive-humanities (>= 2014), tex-gyre, texlive-fonts-extra-doc (>= 2014), texinfo (>= 4.8), lacheck, texlive-extra-utils (>= 201
4), texlive-latex-extra-doc (>= 2014), info (>= 4.8), texlive-bibtex-extra (>= 2014), texlive-plain-extra (>= 2014), lcdf-typetools, texlive-fonts-extra (>= 2014), texlive-latex-base (>= 2014), texlive-latex-extra (>= 2014), texlive-fonts-recommended-doc (>= 2014), texlive-lang-chinese (>= 2014), texlive-lang-spanish (>= 2014), latexdiff, fragmaster, texlive-formats-extra (>= 2014), texlive-lang-italian (>= 2014), texlive-pstricks (>= 2014), texlive-metapost (>= 2014), purifyeps, texlive-science-doc (>= 2014), texlive-lang-czechslovak (>= 2014), texlive-lang-other (>= 2014), chktex, dvipng, texlive-lang-japanese (>= 2014), texlive-font-utils (>= 2014), texlive-base (>= 2014), texlive-lang-arabic (>= 2014), texlive-pictures (>= 2014), texlive-lang-greek (>= 2014), texlive-lang-cyrillic (>= 2014), tex4ht (>= 20051214), texlive-lang-french (>= 2014), latexmk, texlive-latex-recommended (>= 2014), texlive-lang-indic (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}, texlive-generic-recommended (>= 2014), prosp
er (>= 1.00.4+cvs.2006.10.22), lmodern (>= 0.93.3), tipa (>= 2:1.2-2.1), latex-cjk-all (>= 4.6.0+cvs20060714-2), texlive-lang-european (>= 2014)
+Suggests: jadetex (>= 3.13-7.1), passivetex (>> 1.25-2), xindy, xmltex (>> 1.9-11.1)
Description: TeX Live: metapackage pulling in all components of TeX Live
The TeX Live software distribution offers a complete TeX system. It
encompasses programs for typesetting, previewing and printing of TeX
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@
Section: oldlibs
Priority: extra
Architecture: all
-Depends: texlive-latex-recommended (>= 2013.20140311), ${misc:Depends}
+Depends: ${misc:Depends}, texlive-latex-recommended (>= 2013.20140311)
Description: TeX Live: transitional dummy package
This is a transitional package for latex-beamer to ensure proper upgrade to
texlive-latex-recommended. It can be safely removed after the installation
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@
Package: texlive-fonts-recommended-doc
Section: doc
Architecture: all
-Depends: ${misc:Depends}, texlive-base (>= 2014)
+Depends: texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
Replaces: texlive-latex-recommended-doc (<< 2013.20140110)
Breaks: texlive-latex-recommended-doc (<< 2013.20140110)
Description: TeX Live: Documentation files for texlive-fonts-recommended
@@ -973,13 +973,13 @@
Package: texlive-metapost-doc
Section: doc
Architecture: all
-Depends: texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
+Depends: ${misc:Depends}, texlive-base (>= 2014)
Description: TeX Live: Documentation files for texlive-metapost
This package provides the documentation for texlive-metapost
Package: texlive-pictures-doc
Section: doc
Architecture: all
-Depends: ${misc:Depends}, texlive-base (>= 2014)
+Depends: texlive-base (>= 2014), ${misc:Depends}
Description: TeX Live: Documentation files for texlive-pictures
This package provides the documentation for texlive-pictures
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-fmtutil-adaptions texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-fmtutil-adaptions
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-fmtutil-adaptions 2014-07-15 17:45:23.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-fmtutil-adaptions 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh | 28 +++++++++-------------------
2 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 21 deletions(-)
---- texlive-base-2014.20140513.orig/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
no-op in TeX Live
.TP
@@ -27,9 +27,9 @@
.SH "BUGS"
None known, but report any bugs found to <tex-k@tug.org> (mailing list).
.SH "AUTHOR"
---- texlive-base-2014.20140513.orig/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
-@@ -549,9 +549,11 @@
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
+@@ -552,9 +552,11 @@
grep -v '^ *#' "$cnf_file" | sed 's@^ *@@; s@ *$@@' | grep . | sort
cleanup $? ;;
edit)
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
cleanup 0 ;;
enablefmt|disablefmt)
$cmd $arg ;; # does not return
-@@ -563,22 +565,6 @@
+@@ -566,22 +568,6 @@
cleanup $? ;;
esac
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
# set up destdir:
if test -z "$destdir"; then
: ${MT_TEXMFVAR=`kpsewhich -var-value=TEXMFVAR`}
-@@ -1004,6 +990,7 @@
+@@ -1007,6 +993,7 @@
###############################################################################
# disablefmt(format)
# disables format in configuration file
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@
###############################################################################
disablefmt()
{
-@@ -1020,6 +1007,7 @@
+@@ -1023,6 +1010,7 @@
###############################################################################
# enablefmt(format)
# enables format in configuration file
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@
###############################################################################
enablefmt()
{
-@@ -1032,5 +1020,7 @@
+@@ -1035,5 +1023,7 @@
(exit 0); return 0
}
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-texconfig-adaptions texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-texconfig-adaptions
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-texconfig-adaptions 2014-07-15 17:45:23.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-texconfig-adaptions 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/texconfig.sh | 110 +++++++++-----------------------
2 files changed, 60 insertions(+), 78 deletions(-)
---- texlive-base-2013.20130509.orig/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texconfig.1
-+++ texlive-base-2013.20130509/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texconfig.1
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texconfig.1
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texconfig.1
@@ -46,6 +46,20 @@
.IR TEXMFSYSCONFIG .
(You may need to be root to do this.)
@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@
.TP
.B hyphen FORMAT
This command allows to edit the hyphenation configuration file for
---- texlive-base-2013.20130509.orig/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/texconfig.sh
-+++ texlive-base-2013.20130509/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/texconfig.sh
-@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/texconfig.sh
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/texconfig.sh
+@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@
FMT=fmt
test ! -x /bin/fmt && test ! -f /usr/bin/fmt &&
{ test -x /bin/adjust || test -x /usr/bin/adjust; } && FMT=adjust
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
;;
*)
return
-@@ -444,7 +445,7 @@
+@@ -447,7 +448,7 @@
{
case $configPsFile in
"")
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
;;
*)
return
-@@ -567,7 +568,7 @@
+@@ -570,7 +571,7 @@
$progname help (or --help; show this help)
$progname hyphen FORMAT (edit hyphenation config for FORMAT)
$progname init [FORMAT]... (rebuild FORMATs, or all formats
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
$progname mode MODE (set Metafont MODE)
$progname paper PAPER (set default paper size to PAPER)
$progname pdftex [OPTION]... (pdftex options)
-@@ -620,7 +621,7 @@
+@@ -623,7 +624,7 @@
# texconfig dvipdfm
dvipdfm)
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
Valid PAPER settings:
letter legal ledger tabloid a4 a3"
-@@ -632,6 +633,8 @@
+@@ -635,6 +636,8 @@
paper)
case $3 in
letter|legal|ledger|tabloid|a4|a3)
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
fmgrConfigReplace config '^p' "p $3";;
"") echo "$help" >&2; rc=1;;
*)
-@@ -653,7 +656,7 @@
+@@ -656,7 +659,7 @@
# texconfig dvipdfmx
dvipdfmx)
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
Valid PAPER settings:
letter legal ledger tabloid a4 a3"
-@@ -665,6 +668,8 @@
+@@ -668,6 +671,8 @@
paper)
case $3 in
letter|legal|ledger|tabloid|a4|a3)
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@
fmgrConfigReplace dvipdfmx.cfg '^p' "p $3";;
"") echo "$help" >&2; rc=1;;
*)
-@@ -779,6 +784,12 @@
+@@ -782,6 +787,12 @@
echo "$progname: configuration file for printer \`$printerName' (config.$printerName) not found" >&2
rc=1
;;
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
*)
if rm "$pFile"; then
echo "$progname: file \`$pFile' removed" >&2
-@@ -809,7 +820,7 @@
+@@ -812,7 +823,7 @@
locateConfigPsFile
case "$configPsFile" in
"")
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
;;
*)
if grep "@ $tcBatchDvipsPaper " $configPsFile >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-@@ -889,11 +900,11 @@
+@@ -892,11 +903,11 @@
;;
faq)
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
rc=1
fi
;;
-@@ -1007,21 +1018,6 @@
+@@ -1010,21 +1021,6 @@
;;
formats)
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
setupTmpDir
echo "$progname: analyzing old configuration..." >&2
fmtutil --catcfg > $tmpdir/pre
-@@ -1037,7 +1033,6 @@
+@@ -1040,7 +1036,6 @@
for i in `awk '{print $1}' $tmpdir/addOrChange`; do
fmtutil --byfmt "$i" || rc=1
done
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
fi
;;
-@@ -1047,22 +1042,6 @@
+@@ -1050,22 +1045,6 @@
# "hyphen FORMAT"
hyphen)
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
tcBatchHyphenFormat=$2
formatsForHyphen=`getFormatsForHyphen`
formatsForHyphenFmt=`echo "$formatsForHyphen" | myFmt | sed 's@^@ @'`
-@@ -1084,6 +1063,11 @@
+@@ -1087,6 +1066,11 @@
rc=1
return
;;
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
esac
getRelDir "$tcBatchHyphenFile"
-@@ -1111,7 +1095,7 @@
+@@ -1114,7 +1098,7 @@
fi
;;
esac
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@
if cmp "$tcBatchHFEdit" "$tcBatchHFOrig" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
echo "$progname: configuration unchanged." >&2
else
-@@ -1153,7 +1137,6 @@
+@@ -1156,7 +1140,6 @@
case $2 in
"")
if fmtutil --all \
@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
&& updmap; then
:
else
-@@ -1210,41 +1193,10 @@
+@@ -1213,41 +1196,10 @@
;;
paper)
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
pdftex)
help="Usage: $progname pdftex paper PAPER
-@@ -1277,6 +1229,8 @@
+@@ -1280,6 +1232,8 @@
;;
paper)
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
case $3 in
letter)
w="8.5 true in"; h="11 true in"
-@@ -1385,6 +1339,8 @@
+@@ -1388,6 +1342,8 @@
echo "$tcBatchXdviPapers"
;;
paper)
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-tlmgr-usermode texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-tlmgr-usermode
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-tlmgr-usermode 2014-07-15 17:45:23.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/debian-tlmgr-usermode 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl | 43 ++++--------------------------------
2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 38 deletions(-)
---- texlive-base-2013.20131112.orig/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
-+++ texlive-base-2013.20131112/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/tlmgr.pl
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
$tlmgrrevision .= " ($datrev)";
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
#
# make Perl find our packages first:
unshift (@INC, "$Master/tlpkg");
-@@ -237,6 +201,9 @@
+@@ -242,6 +206,9 @@
GetOptions(\%opts, keys(%optarg)) or pod2usage(2);
@@ -70,8 +70,8 @@
$::debug_translation = 0;
$::debug_translation = 1 if $opts{"debug-translation"};
---- texlive-base-2013.20131112.orig/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.1
-+++ texlive-base-2013.20131112/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.1
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.1
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tlmgr.1
@@ -154,6 +154,8 @@
<http://tug.org/texlive/tlmgr.html>, along with procedures for updating
\&\f(CW\*(C`tlmgr\*(C'\fR itself and information about test versions.
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/dvipdfmx-config-paper-factorization texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/dvipdfmx-config-paper-factorization
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/dvipdfmx-config-paper-factorization 2014-07-15 17:45:23.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/dvipdfmx-config-paper-factorization 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
3 files changed, 14 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-)
--- /dev/null
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/texmf-dist/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx-paper.cfg
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx-paper.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+%% PDF Document Settings
+%%
@@ -18,8 +18,8 @@
+
+p a4
+
---- texlive-base-2014.20140513.orig/texmf-dist/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx.cfg
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/texmf-dist/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx.cfg
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx.cfg
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx.cfg
@@ -27,14 +27,8 @@
%% PDF Document Settings
@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@
%% Annotation Box Margin:
%%
---- texlive-base-2014.20140513.orig/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-@@ -63636,6 +63636,7 @@
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+@@ -66374,6 +66374,7 @@
texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvipdfmx.man1.pdf
runfiles size=42
texmf-dist/dvipdfmx/dvipdfmx.cfg
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/dvips-config-paper-factorization texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/dvips-config-paper-factorization
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/dvips-config-paper-factorization 2014-07-15 17:45:23.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/dvips-config-paper-factorization 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
3 files changed, 532 insertions(+), 518 deletions(-)
--- /dev/null
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140418/texmf-dist/dvips/config/config-paper.ps
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/dvips/config/config-paper.ps
@@ -0,0 +1,524 @@
+%
+% config-paper.ps
@@ -531,8 +531,8 @@
+@+ if
+@+ %%EndPaperSize
+
---- texlive-base-2014.20140418.orig/texmf-dist/dvips/config/config.ps
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140418/texmf-dist/dvips/config/config.ps
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/dvips/config/config.ps
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/dvips/config/config.ps
@@ -67,524 +67,13 @@
%
% emacs-page
@@ -1065,9 +1065,9 @@
% use -t unknown with a \special{papersize=...} for a nonstandard page size.
@ unknown 0in 0in
---- texlive-base-2014.20140418.orig/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140418/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-@@ -64139,6 +64139,7 @@
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+@@ -67169,6 +67169,7 @@
texmf-dist/dvips/config/config.mirrorprint
texmf-dist/dvips/config/config.ot2
texmf-dist/dvips/config/config.ps
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/fmtutil_keep_failedlog texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/fmtutil_keep_failedlog
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/fmtutil_keep_failedlog 2014-07-15 17:45:23.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/fmtutil_keep_failedlog 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh | 4 +++-
1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
---- texlive-base-2014.20140513.orig/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
-@@ -782,7 +782,6 @@
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
+@@ -785,7 +785,6 @@
log_warning "\`$engine -ini $tcxflag $jobswitch $prgswitch $texargs' possibly failed."
# We don't want user-interaction for the following "mv" commands:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
#
destfile=$fulldestdir/$fmtfile
if mv "$fmtfile" "$destfile" </dev/null; then
-@@ -821,6 +820,9 @@
+@@ -824,6 +823,9 @@
else
log_failure "\`$engine -ini $tcxflag $jobswitch $prgswitch $texargs' failed"
fi
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/latex-update texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/latex-update
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/latex-update 1970-01-01 09:00:00.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/latex-update 2014-12-02 22:17:29.000000000 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,3233 @@
+Update latex from current tlnet
+
+From the CTAN announcement:
+**********************
+Version date: 2014-10-12 (of the documentation, not of the LaTeX
+ format, which has remained unchanged!)
+
+License type: lppl1.3
+
+Summary description: documentation updates
+
+Announcement text:
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+ Karl Berry ran a spell-check over the sources and found a lot
+ of missed errors - thanks for that.
+
+ We also noticed that for some reason the packages in "base"
+ (e.g., doc docstrip inputenc ... source2e) have been
+ distributed for some time without corresponding pdfs (those
+ pdfs have been in texlive due to Heiko I guess).
+
+ So this is now corrected and every .dtx file or other
+ documentation source has a corresponding .pdf in base so that
+ those files are now also on CTAN directly available. Note, that
+ many of the kernel files are combined in source2e.pdf so those
+ are not generated separately.
+
+ This release has no code changes.
+********************
+
+--- /dev/null
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/README
+@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
++ LaTeX Distribution Guide
++
++ 2014/05/01
++
++
++WELCOME TO LaTeX!
++
++This file contains a brief distribution guide for the latest standard
++version of the LaTeX document preparation system.
++
++This system is maintained by The LaTeX3 Project Team.
++
++ ********************************************************
++ * Please read this file carefully because it contains *
++ * important information about other sources of *
++ * documentation related to this LaTeX system, *
++ * including what is contained in this distribution. *
++ ********************************************************
++
++ ********************************************************
++ * The files ltnews*.tex (and related files in the *
++ * document folder) contain the LaTeX newsletters, *
++ * the highest number being the most recent. *
++ * *
++ * Please print this latest edition and distribute it *
++ * to all users ... and to anyone else who may be *
++ * interested. *
++ ********************************************************
++
++
++The LaTeX system is described in:
++
++ * LaTeX: A Document Preparation System; Leslie Lamport, Addison-Wesley
++
++ * The LaTeX Companion, 2ed; Mittelbach and Goossens with Braams,
++ Carlisle and Rowley, Addison-Wesley
++
++ * Guide to LaTeX 4ed; Kopka and Daly, Addison-Wesley
++
++
++This distribution is described in the files ending with .txt.
++
++Here is a brief description of some of these files:
++
++ * readme.txt is this file.
++
++ * manifest.txt lists all the files in this LaTeX distribution,
++ with one line of information about the contents.
++
++ * unpacked.txt lists all the files in the unpacked LaTeX distribution.
++
++ * legal.txt and lppl.txt (LaTeX Project Public License) describe the
++ LaTeX copyright, warranty and copying restrictions.
++
++ * patches.txt describes the how important changes will be distributed
++ between releases.
++
++ * texpert.txt contains information about the system that may still be
++ useful for TeX experts.
++
++ * tex2.txt contains important information for users of extremely
++ old versions of TeX (pre 1990).
++
++ * autoload.txt describes a variant of LaTeX that is no longer supported.
++
++ * bugs.txt describes how to submit a bug report for LaTeX.
++
++
++
++Other documentation files include files with names of the form:
++
++ <xxx>guide.tex
++
++You will probably need to update your system before you can typeset
++these files. Each file needs three LaTeX runs. Some of these are
++also available as PDF files.
++
++
++The following files contain further information:
++
++ * ltx3info.tex gives you some historical information about the LaTeX3
++ project.
++
++ * the older files ltnews*.* are the news files from previous releases:
++ these contain useful information but be warned that some of it may
++ be out-of-date as these files are never changed.
++
++ * manual.err lists errata in:
++ LaTeX: A Document Preparation System; Leslie Lamport, Addison-Wesley
++
++ * tlc2.err lists errata in:
++ The LaTeX Companion 2ed; Mittelbach, Goossens et al, Addison-Wesley
++
++ * bl2.err lists errata in:
++ Der LaTeX-Begleiter 2ed; Mittelbach, Goossens et al, Addison-Wesley
++
++ * grphcomp.err lists errata in:
++ The LaTeX Graphics Companion; Goossens, Rahtz, and Mittelbach,
++ Addison-Wesley
++
++ * webcomp.err lists errata in:
++ The LaTeX Web Companion; Goossens and Rahtz, Addison-Wesley
++
++
++We no longer distribute installation instructions for the various TeX
++implementations. Unless you have a custom-built TeX system, some
++version of standard LaTeX should already be installed on your system;
++look at the system documentation, or ask your system supplier, to
++discover how to update the LaTeX part of the system.
++
++Please do not request updates from us. Distribution is done only through the
++CTAN archives.
++
++
++--- Copyright 2014 the LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved ---
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/changes.txt
+@@ -4,6 +4,27 @@
+ are not part of the distribution.
+ =======================================================================
+
++2014-09-29 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs@latex-project.org>
++
++ * nfssfont.dtx Typo in definition of \encoding (no change to processing)
++
++2014-09-29 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs@latex-project.org>
++
++ * docstrip.dtx Typo in \Ask argument fixed
++
++2014-09-29 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs@latex-project.org>
++
++ * cmfonts.fdd, ltoutput.dtx, letter.dtx, ltoutenc.stx, lterror.dtx,
++ * ltfssbas.dtx, ltsect.dtx, proc.dtx, fixltx2e.dtx, docstrip.dtx,
++ * oldlfont.dtx, ltclass.dtx, ltplain.dtx, classes.dtx, ltmiscen.dtx,
++ * utf8ienc.dtx, ltfntcmd.dtx, ltxdoc.dtx, encguide.tex, ltspace.dtx,
++ * lttab.dtx, ltdirchk.dtx, slides.dtx, ltfssdcl.dtx, ifthen.dtx,
++ * ltxref.dtx, ltfsstrc.dtx, source2e.tex, tlc2.err, latexbug.el,
++ * makeindx.dtx, lb2.err, ltlists.dtx, ltdefns.dtx, ltfinal.dtx,
++ * doc.dtx, ltboxes.dtx, exscale.dtx, ltfssini.dtx, ltthm.dtx,
++ * fontdef.dtx, usrguide.tex, ltfloat.dtx, preload.dtx, nfssfont.dtx
++ Typos in documentation found by Karl Berry - thanks
++ (date but not version number changed)
+
+ 2014-08-30 Frank Mittelbach <latex-bugs@latex-project.org>
+
+@@ -20,7 +41,8 @@
+
+ 2014-04-30 David Carlisle <latex-bugs@latex-project.org>
+
+- * inputenc.dtx: Allow (x-)ascii and utf8x aliases for utf8 in xetex/luatex
++ * inputenc.dtx: Allow (x-)ascii and utf8x aliases for utf8 in
++ xetex/luatex
+
+ 2014-04-27 <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/classes.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/classes.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ \ProvidesFile{classes.drv}
+ %</driver>
+- [2007/10/19 v1.4h
++ [2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ %<article|report|book> Standard LaTeX document class]
+ %<10pt|11pt|12pt> Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.0d}{1993/11/30}{Added use of \cs{NeedsTeXFormat}}
+ % \changes{v1.0d}{1993/11/30}{Replaced \cs{bf} with \cs{bfseries};
+ % \cs{rm} with \cs{rmfamily}}
+-% \changes{v1.0d}{1993/11/30}{Made eqaution and eqnarray environments
++% \changes{v1.0d}{1993/11/30}{Made equation and eqnarray environments
+ % in the fleqn option up to date with latex.dtx}
+ % \changes{v1.0f}{1993/12/08}{Made all lines shorter than 72 characters}
+ % \changes{v1.0g}{1993/12/08}{Made change in eqnarray for the fleqn
+@@ -196,8 +196,8 @@
+ % \changes{v1.0n}{1994/01/19}{Removed code for makeidx option and made
+ % it a separate package; removed use of \cs{setlength} from list
+ % parameters.}
+-% \changes{v1.0o}{1994/01/31}{Small documention changes}
+-% \changes{v1.0q}{1994/02/16}{Small documention changes}
++% \changes{v1.0o}{1994/01/31}{Small documentation changes}
++% \changes{v1.0q}{1994/02/16}{Small documentation changes}
+ % \changes{v1.1a}{1994/03/12}{Removed \cs{typeout} messages}
+ % \changes{v1.1f}{1994/04/15}{Inserted forgotten line break}
+ % \changes{v1.2a}{1994/03/17}{Added openright option. (LL)}
+@@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@
+ % \subsubsection{Margins}
+ %
+ % Most of the values of these parameters are now calculated, based
+-% on the papersize in use. In the calcluations the |\marginparsep|
++% on the papersize in use. In the calculations the |\marginparsep|
+ % needs to be taken into account so we give it its value first.
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\marginparsep}
+@@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@
+ \fi
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Now we set the title in a large bold font. We prevent a pagebreak
+-% from occuring in the middle of or after the title. Finally we
++% from occurring in the middle of or after the title. Finally we
+ % leave some whitespace before the text begins.
+ % \changes{v1.2v}{1994/11/30}{Added \cs{interlinepenalty}\cs{@M} to
+ % prevent a pagebreak in the middle of a title}
+@@ -3591,7 +3591,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.0f}{1993/12/08}{Macro added}
+ %
+ % The commands to change the family. When in compatibility mode we
+-% select the `default' font first, to get \LaTeX2.09 behviour.
++% select the `default' font first, to get \LaTeX2.09 behaviour.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\rm}{\normalfont\rmfamily}{\mathrm}
+ \DeclareOldFontCommand{\sf}{\normalfont\sffamily}{\mathsf}
+@@ -3732,7 +3732,7 @@
+ %
+ % \changes{v1.0g}{1993/12/09}{Moved the setting of
+ % \cs{@restonecolfalse}}
+-% \changes{v1.4h}{2007/10/19}{Explain why \cs{@mkboth} is insde the heading
++% \changes{v1.4h}{2007/10/19}{Explain why \cs{@mkboth} is inside the heading
+ % arg for \cs{tableofcontents} (pr/3285 and pr/3984)}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \newcommand\tableofcontents{%
+@@ -4240,7 +4240,7 @@
+ % Usually, footnotes are separated from the main body of the text
+ % by a small rule. This rule is drawn by the macro |\footnoterule|.
+ % We have to make sure that the rule takes no vertical space (see
+-% \file{plain.tex}) so we compensate for the natural heigth of the
++% \file{plain.tex}) so we compensate for the natural height of the
+ % rule of 0.4pt by adding the right amount of vertical skip.
+ %
+ % To prevent the rule from colliding with the footnote we first add
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/cmfonts.fdd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/cmfonts.fdd
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
+ %<*driver, >
+ \ProvidesFile{cmfonts.drv}
+ %</driver, >
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ %
+ %<*driver>
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
+ %
+ % \subsubsection{Commands for fonts with the `EC' naming scheme}
+ % Before the declarations for the individual fonts, first define
+-% some abreviations that may be used as most of the fonts in the
++% some abbreviations that may be used as most of the fonts in the
+ % `new' dc font distribution come in the same range of sizes.
+ % The same is true for the ec fonts, with a somewhat enlarged font
+ % size range.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/doc.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/doc.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -36,7 +35,7 @@
+ %<+package|shortvrb>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+ %<+package> \ProvidesPackage{doc}
+ %<+shortvrb>\ProvidesPackage{shortvrb}
+-%<+package|shortvrb> [2010/02/04 v2.1e
++%<+package|shortvrb> [2014/09/29 v2.1e
+ %<+package|shortvrb> Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)]
+ %\catcode`\<=12
+ %
+@@ -1247,7 +1246,7 @@
+ % The first thing that we do next is to get ourselves a new comment
+ % sign. Because all sensible signs are already occupied, we will
+ % choose one that can only be entered indirectly:
+-% {\DoNotIndex{\^}^^A avoid misinterpretion !!!!! VERIFY
++% {\DoNotIndex{\^}^^A avoid misinterpretation !!!!! VERIFY
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \catcode`\^^A=14
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -2086,9 +2085,9 @@
+ % \changes{v1.8b}{1993/09/21}{Changed to conform to new LaTeX \cs{verb}}
+ % We re-define "\verb" to check for newlines in its argument since a
+ % missing delimiter is difficult to detect in \DOC{} source.
+-% The code is the saem as in latex.tex of September 19, 1993.
++% The code is the same as in \texttt{latex.tex} of September 19, 1993.
+ % Perhaps there should be a font-changing
+-% hook rather than just using "\tt", but if so it probably should be
++% hook rather than just using "\ttfamily", but if so it probably should be
+ % different from "\MacroFont" since that normally includes "\small"
+ % and would look wrong inline.
+ % \changes{v1.7a}{1992/02/28}{Added math mode check (from verbatim.sty)}
+@@ -2357,7 +2356,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\endmacro}
+ % \begin{macro}{\endenvironment}
+ % Older releases of this environment omit the |\endgroup| token,
+-% when being nested. This was done to avoid unnessary stack usage.
++% when being nested. This was done to avoid unnecessary stack usage.
+ % However it does not work if \textsf{macro} and
+ % \textsf{environment} environments are mixed, therefore we now
+ % use a simpler approach.
+@@ -3858,7 +3857,7 @@
+ % find out about change entries at outer level}
+ % If the macro "\saved@macroname" doesn't contain any macro name
+ % (ie is empty) the current changes entry was done at top-level.
+-% In this case we preceed it by "\generalname".
++% In this case we precede it by "\generalname".
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty
+ \space
+@@ -4130,7 +4129,7 @@
+ % disadvantage of this method was that |\meta| was neither robust
+ % nor could it be |\protect|ed. The new implementation fixes this
+ % problem by defining |\meta| in a radically different way: we
+-% prevent hypenation by defining a |\language| which has no
++% prevent hyphenation by defining a |\language| which has no
+ % patterns associated with it and use this to typeset the words
+ % within the angle brackets.
+ % \changes{v2.0i}{2000/05/21}{New implementation (pr/3170)}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/docstrip.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/docstrip.dtx
+@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@
+ \catcode`\{=1
+ \catcode`\}=2
+ \def\filename{docstrip.dtx}
+-\def\fileversion{2.5d}
+-\def\filedate{2005/07/29}
+-\def\docdate {2014/04/19}
++\def\fileversion{2.5e}
++\def\filedate{2014/09/29}
++\def\docdate {2014/09/29}
+ % \CheckSum{2439}
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
+ % that such programs may take longer than expected to run because
+ % \TeX\ is an interpreter and has to decide for each line of the
+ % program file what it has to do with it. Therefore, \TeX\ programs
+-% may be speeded up by removing all comments from them.
++% may be sped up by removing all comments from them.
+ %
+ % By removing the comments from a \TeX\ program a new problem is
+ % introduced. We now have two versions of the program and both of
+@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@
+ %\end{verbatim}
+ % in my config file''. The answer is |\UseTDS|. This macro causes
+ % \ds{} to use labels themselves for any directory you haven't
+-% overriden with |\DeclareDir|. The default behaviour is to raise
++% overridden with |\DeclareDir|. The default behaviour is to raise
+ % an error on undefined labels because some users may want to know
+ % exactly where files go and not to allow \ds{} to write to random
+ % places. However I (MW) think this is pretty cool and my
+@@ -609,7 +609,7 @@
+ % |\askonceonly|. This means that after the first time the batchfile
+ % asks the user a question, the user is given an option of to change
+ % the behaviour so that `yes' will be automatically assumed for all
+-% future questions. This applies to any use of the \ds{} commamnd
++% future questions. This applies to any use of the \ds{} command
+ % |\Ask| including, but not restricted to, the file overwrite
+ % questions controlled by |\askforoverwritetrue|.
+ %
+@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@
+ % \subsubsection{Supporting old interface}
+ %
+ % \DescribeMacro{\generateFile}
+-% Here is the old syntax for specifing what files are to be
++% Here is the old syntax for specifying what files are to be
+ % generated. It allows specification of just one output file.
+ % \begin{quote}
+ % |\generateFile{|\meta{output}|}{|\meta{ask}|}{|[|\from{|^^A
+@@ -810,11 +810,11 @@
+ %
+ % \subsection{Stuff \ds\ puts in every file}
+ % First problem when producing files in ``other'' languages is that
+-% \ds\ adds some bits to the begining and end of every generated
++% \ds\ adds some bits to the beginning and end of every generated
+ % file that may not fit with the syntax of the language in
+ % question. So we'll study carefully what exactly goes where.
+ %
+-% The whole text put on begining of file is kept in a macro defined
++% The whole text put on beginning of file is kept in a macro defined
+ % by |\declarepreamble|. Every line of input presented to
+ % |\declarepreamble| is prepended with current value of
+ % |\MetaPrefix|. Standard \ds\ header is inserted before your text,
+@@ -1338,7 +1338,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\MetaPrefix}
+ % To be able to display percent-signs on the terminal, a
+ % \texttt{\%} with category code 12 is stored in |\perCent| and
+-% |\DoubleperCent|. The macro |\MetaPrefix| is put on begining of
++% |\DoubleperCent|. The macro |\MetaPrefix| is put on beginning of
+ % every meta-comment line. It is defined indirect way since some
+ % applications need redefining it.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -1741,7 +1741,7 @@
+ \Ask\noprompt{%
+ By default you will be asked this question for every file.^^J%
+ If you enter `y' now,^^J%
+- I will asssume `y' for all future questions^^J%
++ I will assume `y' for all future questions^^J%
+ without prompting.}%
+ \ifx\y\noprompt\let\noprompt\yes\fi
+ \ifx\yes\noprompt\gdef\Ask####1####2{\def####1{y}}\fi}}
+@@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\uptospace}
+ % \changes{2.3c}{1995/08/24}{Macro added}
+ % This macro extracts from its argument delimited with |\qStop|
+-% part up to first occurence of space.
++% part up to first occurrence of space.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\uptospace#1 #2\qStop{#1}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -3426,7 +3426,7 @@
+ % add |\usepreamble\originaldefault| to your .ins files.
+ % Note then that your file can not be included in most TeX distributions
+ % on CD which are distributed `pre-installed' with all \LaTeX\ files
+-% extracted form th edocumented sources and moved to a suitable
++% extracted form the documented sources and moved to a suitable
+ % directory in \TeX's search path.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \declarepreamble\originaldefault
+@@ -3493,7 +3493,7 @@
+ % \subsection{Support for writing to specified directories}
+ %
+ % As we've seen before every output file is written to directory
+-% specifed by the value of |\destdir| current at the moment of
++% specified by the value of |\destdir| current at the moment of
+ % this file's |\file| declaration.
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\usedir}
+@@ -3515,7 +3515,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\BaseDirectory}
+ % \changes{2.3e}{1995/09/15}{Macro added}
+ % \changes{2.4e}{1996/10/22}{\cs{@setwritetodir} added (DPC)}
+-% This is config file command for specifing root directory of the
++% This is config file command for specifying root directory of the
+ % \TeX{} hierarchy. It enables the whole directory
+ % selecting mechanism by redefining |\usedir|.
+ % First make sure that the directory syntax commands have been set
+@@ -4100,9 +4100,10 @@
+ * Finally give the list of input file(s) without \space\space*}%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % the name of the input file or a list of names, separated by commas.
++% \changes{2.5e}{2014/09/29}{Typo in \cs{Ask} argument fixed}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \Ask\filelist{%
+- * extension seperated by commas if necessary %
++ * extension separated by commas if necessary %
+ \space\space\space\space: *}%
+ \Msg{****************************************************^^J}}%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/encguide.tex
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/encguide.tex
+@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
+ \author{Frank Mittelbach \and Robin
+ Fairbairns \and Werner Lemberg \and \LaTeX3 Project Team.}
+
+-\date{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2014 \\[5pt] 23 March 2014}
++\date{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2014 \\[5pt] 29 October 2014}
+
+ \begin{document}
+
+@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@
+ {\cite[p.416]{A-W:MG2004}}
+
+ This is an alternative to the \Enc{T1} encoding developed by Y\&Y and
+- used in their commerical \TeX{} implementation.
++ used in their commercial \TeX{} implementation.
+
+ \end{encodinginfo}
+
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/exscale.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/exscale.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ %<package>\ProvidesPackage{exscale}
+ %<fd, >\ProvidesFile{OMXcmex.fd}
+-%<package,fd> [2007/10/29 v2.1h
++%<package,fd> [2014/09/29 v2.1h
+ %<package> Standard LaTeX package exscale]
+ %<fd, > exscale package font definitions]
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@
+ \endgroup}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Now we can define the macros. Note: |\n@space| sets the internal
+-% variables |\nulldelimiterspace| and |\mathsurropund| to zero length.
++% variables |\nulldelimiterspace| and |\mathsurround| to zero length.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\bBigg@#1#2{%
+ {\hbox{$\left#2\vcenter to#1\big@size{}\right.\n@space$}}}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fixltx2e.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fixltx2e.dtx
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{fixltx2e.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{fixltx2e.dtx}
+- [2014/08/30 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -642,7 +642,7 @@
+ % >Originator: stefan.pofahl@zsw-bw.de (Stefan Pofahl)
+ %
+ % If I use /fnsymbol together with fixltx2e.sty I can not use
+-% optinal parameter [num]
++% optional parameter [num]
+ % \footnotemark[1] is not showing the mark number 1 but
+ % the mark \value{footnote}.
+ %\end{verbatim}
+@@ -680,8 +680,8 @@
+ % your \LaTeX\ format then we have to choose between the lesser of two
+ % evils: 1)~breaking ligatures and preventing kerning or 2)~face the
+ % risk of choosing text-mode at the beginning of an alignment cell,
+-% which was suppodes to be math-mode. We have decided upon 1) as is
+-% costumary for regular robust commands in \LaTeX.
++% which was supposed to be math-mode. We have decided upon 1) as is
++% customary for regular robust commands in \LaTeX.
+ %
+ %
+ % \subsection{Fewer fragile commands}
+@@ -696,12 +696,12 @@
+ % Use of a \raisebox in \section{} produces the error message
+ % mentioned in the subject.
+ %
+-% PR latex/1738 descriped a similar problem, which has been solved
++% PR latex/1738 described a similar problem, which has been solved
+ % 10 years ago. Protecting the \raisebox with \protect solved my
+ % problem as well, but wouldn't it make sense to have a similar fix
+ % as in the PR?
+ %
+-% It is particulary confusing, that an unprotected \raisebox in a
++% It is particularly confusing, that an unprotected \raisebox in a
+ % \section*-environment works fine, while in a \section-environment
+ % produces error.
+ %\end{verbatim}
+@@ -728,7 +728,7 @@
+ % arguments of floats. |\begin{figure}[tB]| the |B| is ignored so it
+ % acts like |\begin{figure}[t]| However |\begin{figure}[B]| does
+ % \emph{not} act like |\begin{figure}[]| as the check for an empty
+-% argumant, or unsupplied argument, is earlier. |[]| causes the
++% argument, or unsupplied argument, is earlier. |[]| causes the
+ % default float placement to be used, but |[B]| means that \emph{no}
+ % float area is allowed and so the float will not be placed until the
+ % next |\clearpage| or end of document, no warning is given.
+@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.1d}{2000/09/24}{FMi: use output routine to
+ % defer float}
+ % \changes{v1.1p}{2014/04/27}{Inline the code to allow some
+-% coexistance with packages that hook into \cs{end@float} and do not
++% coexistence with packages that hook into \cs{end@float} and do not
+ % know about the algorithm change}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \@cons\@currlist\@currbox
+@@ -954,7 +954,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+ % All the remaining changes are replacing the double column defer list
+-% or insering the extra test |\@testwrongwidth|\marg{box} at suitable
++% or inserting the extra test |\@testwrongwidth|\marg{box} at suitable
+ % places. That is at places where a box is taken off the deferlist.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def \@doclearpage {%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fontdef.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/fontdef.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
+ %<driver, >\ProvidesFile{fontdef.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{fontdef.dtx}
+- [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
++ [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
+ % \iftrue (\else
+ %<text, >(Text
+ %<math, >(Math
+@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@
+ % The declarations below declare the text, script and scriptscript
+ % size to be used for each text font size.
+ %
+-% All occurences of sizes longer than a single character are replaced
++% All occurrences of sizes longer than a single character are replaced
+ % with the macro name that holds them, saving a number of
+ % tokens (but losing a bit of speed, so this may not stay this way).
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ifthen.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ifthen.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
+ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{ifthen.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{ifthen.dtx}
+- [2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@
+ % It is unfortunate that in order to remain compatible with |ifthen|
+ % syntax, it is necessary to have a two pass system. The first pass
+ % inside an |\edef| `exposes' the |\if|\ldots\ |\fi| tokens, so the
+-% corect clauses may be skipped on the second pass. This means that the
++% correct clauses may be skipped on the second pass. This means that the
+ % whole |\ifthenelse| command does not work by expansion, and so
+ % possibly has only limited usefulness for macro code writers.
+ % The main problem with the |ifthen:| syntax is that (unique for \LaTeX)
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latexbug.el
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/latexbug.el
+@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
+
+ This text will be used as the mail header on all
+ subsequent correspondence. Please use informative strings.
+- For example: \\mathit generates error in foobar environmenent
++ For example: \\mathit generates error in foobar environment
+ rather than just `LaTeX Bug' or similar strings.
+ ")
+ (set-buffer ltxbug-msg)
+@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
+ (set-buffer ltxbug-help)
+ (erase-buffer)
+ (insert "
+-Complete your bug report by giving the full descripition
++Complete your bug report by giving the full description
+ below the `Description of bug:' header.
+
+ There are other database fields you may wish to add,
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/letter.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/letter.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ \ProvidesFile{letter.drv}
+ %</driver>
+- [1999/04/29 v1.2z
++ [2014/09/29 v1.2z
+ %<+letter> Standard LaTeX document class]
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
+ \ProcessOptions
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Now that all the options have been executed we can load the
+-% chosen class option file that contains all size dependant code.
++% chosen class option file that contains all size dependent code.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \input{size1\@ptsize.clo}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
+ % The commands |\nopagebreak| and |\nolinebreak| put in penalties
+ % to discourage these breaks at the point they are put in.
+ % They use |\@lowpenalty|, |\@medpenalty| or |\@highpenalty|,
+-% dependant on their argument.
++% dependent on their argument.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \@lowpenalty 51
+ \@medpenalty 151
+@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
+ % |\oddsidemargin| and |\evensidemargin| are computed from those of
+ % |\paperwidth| and |\textwidth|.
+ % \changes{v1.2n}{1994/07/13}{Added fixed values for these parameters
+-% in compatibillity mode}
++% in compatibility mode}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \if@compatibility
+ \setlength\oddsidemargin{53pt}
+@@ -1069,7 +1069,7 @@
+ % \end{macro}
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\smallskipamount}
+-% \begin{macro}{\mdeskipamount}
++% \begin{macro}{\medskipamount}
+ % \begin{macro}{\bigskipamount}
+ % Of these three, only |\medskipmount| is actually used above.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@
+ % \begin{itemize}
+ % \item |\startlabels| : Should reset the page layout parameters if
+ % necessary.
+-% \item |\mlabel|\marg{return address}\marg{to adress} : Command to
++% \item |\mlabel|\marg{return address}\marg{to address} : Command to
+ % generate a single label.
+ % \end{itemize}
+ %
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltboxes.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltboxes.dtx}
+- [2006/05/18 v1.1g LaTeX Kernel (Box Commands)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1g LaTeX Kernel (Box Commands)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltboxes.dtx}
+@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
+ % {macro added}
+ % \changes{v0.1a}{1993/12/03}
+ % {color support}
+-% This macro is initialy a no-op, but the colour package will redefine
++% This macro is initially a no-op, but the colour package will redefine
+ % it to insert a |\special|.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\set@color\relax
+@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\color@endbox}
+ % \changes{v1.0n}{1994/11/05}
+ % {macro added for colour support}
+-% These macros are initialy a no-op, but the colour package will
++% These macros are initially a no-op, but the colour package will
+ % redefine them to be |\begingroup|, |\endgroup|,
+ % |\begingroup\set@color|,\\ |\hbox\bgroup\color@begingroup|,
+ % |\color@endgroup\egroup|.
+@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.0b}{1994/03/14}
+ % {Use \cs{color@setgroup}}
+ % \changes{v1.0d}{1994/04/15}
+-% {Added missing precent character.}
++% {Added missing procent character.}
+ % \changes{v1.0v}{1995/07/20}
+ % {Use \cs{sbox}}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@
+ %
+ % The following definition of |\frame| was written by Pavel Curtis
+ % (Extra space removed 14 Jan 88)
+-% RmS 92/08/24: Replaced occurence of |\@halfwidth| by |\@wholewidth|
++% RmS 92/08/24: Replaced occurrence of |\@halfwidth| by |\@wholewidth|
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \long\def\frame#1{%
+ \leavevmode
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltclass.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltclass.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993-2013
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltclass.dtx}
+- [2013/07/07 v1.1i LaTeX Kernel (Class & Package Interface)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1i LaTeX Kernel (Class & Package Interface)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltclass.dtx}
+@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
+ % {Move \cs{@missingfileerror} to ltfiles}
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\if@compatibility}
+-% The flag for compatibilty mode.
++% The flag for compatibility mode.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \newif\if@compatibility
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@
+ \@onlypreamble\@if@ptions
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+-% Probably shouldnt use |\CurrentOption| here\ldots (changed to
++% Probably shouldn't use |\CurrentOption| here\ldots (changed to
+ % |\reserved@b|.)
+ % \changes{v0.2y}{1994/02/07}
+ % {Add extra ,s so `two' is not matched with `twocolumn'}
+@@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@
+ % Have the main argument as |#1|, so we only need one |\expandafter|
+ % above.
+ % \changes{v0.2a}{1993/11/14}
+-% {Moved reseting of \cs{default@ds}, \cs{ds@} and
++% {Moved resetting of \cs{default@ds}, \cs{ds@} and
+ % \cs{@declaredoptions} here, from the end of
+ % \cs{ProcessOptions}.}
+ % \changes{v0.2f}{1993/11/22}
+@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.0s}{1995/10/20}
+ % {Make setting conditional, for autoload version}
+ % \begin{macro}{\@enddocumenthook}
+-% Stuff to appear at the begining or end of the document.
++% Stuff to appear at the beginning or end of the document.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\@begindocumenthook\@undefined
+ \let\@begindocumenthook\@empty
+@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@
+ % \end{macro}
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\@@unprocessedoptions}
+-% Declare an error for each option, unless a |\ProcessOptions| occured.
++% Declare an error for each option, unless a |\ProcessOptions| occurred.
+ % \changes{v0.2v}{1994/01/29}
+ % {Macro added.}
+ % \changes{v1.0t}{1995/11/14}{Allow empty option}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdefns.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdefns.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltdefns.dtx}
+- [2004/09/18 v1.3g LaTeX Kernel (definition commands)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.3g LaTeX Kernel (definition commands)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltdefns.dtx}
+@@ -484,7 +484,7 @@
+ % |\def\foo{\@protected@testopt\foo\\foo{default}}|\\
+ % where |\\foo| is a csname generated from applying |\csname| and
+ % |\string| to |\foo|, ie the actual name contains a backslash and
+-% therefore can't clash easily with exisiting command names.
++% therefore can't clash easily with existing command names.
+ % ``Default'' is the contents of the second optional argument of
+ % |(re)newcommand|.
+ %
+@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@
+ % \LaTeX's commands. Whilst typesetting documents, \LaTeX{} makes use
+ % of many of \TeX's features, such as arithmetic, defining macros, and
+ % setting variables. However, there are (at least) three different
+-% ocassions when these commands are not safe. These are called
++% occasions when these commands are not safe. These are called
+ % `moving arguments' by \LaTeX, and consist of:
+ % \begin{itemize}
+ % \item writing information to a file, such as indexes or tables of
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltdirchk.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
+ % \fi
+ %
+ % \ProvidesFile{ltdirchk.dtx}
+-% [2001/06/04 v1.0y LaTeX Kernel (System Dependent Parts)]
++% [2014/09/29 v1.0y LaTeX Kernel (System Dependent Parts)]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %%% From File: ltdirchk.dtx
+@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@
+ %
+ % \subsection{FAKE EXAMPLE}
+ % This example is for an operating system that has filenames of the
+-% form |<area>name| For maximum compatability with macro sets,
++% form |<area>name| For maximum compatibility with macro sets,
+ % you want |name.ext| to be mapped to |<ext>name|.
+ % and |<area>name.ext| to be mapped to |<area.ext>name|.
+ % |\input| does this mapping automatically, but |\openin| does not, and
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lterror.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lterror.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{lterror.dtx}
+- [1998/05/28 v1.2n LaTeX Kernel (errors)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.2n LaTeX Kernel (errors)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{lterror.dtx}
+@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@
+ % Here are most of the error message-generating commands of \LaTeX.
+ % \begin{macro}{\@autoerr}
+ % Make this autoload command robust, as it may be read in at
+-% unpredicatble times.
++% unpredictable times.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ %<autoload>\def\@autoerr{\protect\@autoload{err}\protect}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -794,15 +794,15 @@
+ % \changes{v1.0d}{1994/03/28}
+ % {(DPC) Comment out (use catcode15 instead)}
+ % An error for use with invalid characters. This is commented
+-% out, since we decided to use chatcode 15 instead.
++% out, since we decided to use catcode 15 instead.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ %\def\@invalidchar{\@latex@error{Invalid character in input}\@ehc}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % \end{macro}
+ %
+ % As well as the above error commands some error messages are directly
+-% coded to save space. The Messages alrerady present in \LaTeX2.09
+-% included:
++% coded to save space. The Messages already present in \LaTeX2.09
++% inlcuded:
+ %
+ % |Environment --- undefined|\\
+ % Issued by |\begin| for undefined environment.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfinal.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfinal.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltfinal.dtx}
+- [2003/10/13 v1.1e LaTeX Kernel (Final Settings)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1e LaTeX Kernel (Final Settings)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltfinal.dtx}
+@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@
+ %
+ % \changes{v1.1b}{1998/05/20}{Set up lccodes before loading
+ % hyphenation files: pr/2639}
+-% We set things up so that hypehnation files can assume that the
++% We set things up so that hyphenation files can assume that the
+ % default (T1) lccodes are in use (at present this also sets up the
+ % uccodes).
+ % We temporarily define |\reserved@a| to apply |\reserved@c| to
+@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.0x}{1995/11/01}
+ % {(DPC) Switch meaning of \cs{@addtofilelist} for cfg files}%
+ % The following code will be compiled into the format file. It checks
+-% for the existance of \texttt{hyphen.cfg} in inputs that file if
++% for the existence of \texttt{hyphen.cfg} in inputs that file if
+ % found. Otherwise it inputs \texttt{hyphen.ltx}. Note that these
+ % are loaded in \emph{before} the |\catcode|s are set, so local
+ % hyphenation files can use 8-bit input.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfloat.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
+ %
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+-\ProvidesFile{ltfloat.dtx}[2002/10/01 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)]
++\ProvidesFile{ltfloat.dtx}[2014/09/29 v1.1v LaTeX Kernel (Floats)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltfloat.dtx}
+@@ -235,7 +235,7 @@
+ % captype is defined there; this may need to be changed by some
+ % classes.
+ % \changes{v1.1u}{1999/04/19}
+-% {Made caption an error oustside a float: latex/2815}
++% {Made caption an error outside a float: latex/2815}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\caption{%
+ \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfntcmd.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfntcmd.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltfntcmd.dtx}
+- [2009/12/14 v3.4a LaTeX Kernel (Font commands)]
++ [2014/09/29 v3.4a LaTeX Kernel (Font commands)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltfntcmd.dtx}
+@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
+ % \changes{v3.0a}{1993/12/11}{newcommands replaced by defs}
+ % \changes{v3.0a}{1993/12/11}{italic correction now put in front of
+ % penalty before glue}
+-% \changes{v3.0b}{1993/12/19}{\cs{@pdef} comand added}
++% \changes{v3.0b}{1993/12/19}{\cs{@pdef} command added}
+ % \changes{v3.0b}{1993/12/19}{Other tidying}
+ % \changes{v3.0b}{1993/12/19}{Made \cs{@newfontswitch} produce an
+ % error if command already exists, and added \cs{@renewfontswitch},
+@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
+ % things in vertical mode is avoided.
+ %
+ % The italic correction token is added to the horizontal list
+-% before (in the list) an immediately prceding non-zero glob of
++% before (in the list) an immediately preceding non-zero glob of
+ % glue (skip) and any non-zero penalty preceding that since, in
+ % the typical case, this puts it immediately
+ % after the last character in the preceding word.
+@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\ifmaybe@ic}
+ % \changes{v3.4a}{2009/12/14}{Macro added}
+-% Switch used soley within |\maybe@ic| not interferring with other
++% Switch used soley within |\maybe@ic| not interfering with other
+ % switches.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \newif\ifmaybe@ic
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssbas.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssbas.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
+ %
+ %
+ \ProvidesFile{ltfssbas.dtx}
+- [2002/10/02 v3.0x LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Basic Macros)]
++ [2014/09/29 v3.0x LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Basic Macros)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \begin{document}
+@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@
+ % If the new encoding is the same as the old
+ % encoding we have nothing to do.
+ % However, in case we had a sequence of several encoding changes
+-% without a |\selectfont| inbetween we can save processing by
++% without a |\selectfont| in-between we can save processing by
+ % making sure that |\enc@update| is |\relax|.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\enc@update\relax
+@@ -805,7 +805,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Some handy abbreviation if you want to get some particular font
+ % in the current size. If also the size should change one has to
+-% issue a |\fontsize| comand first.
++% issue a |\fontsize| command first.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\usefont#1#2#3#4{\fontencoding{#1}\fontfamily{#2}%
+ \fontseries{#3}\fontshape{#4}\selectfont
+@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\linespread}
+ % \changes{v2.1j}{1994/05/12}{New macro}
+ % \changes{v2.1p}{1994/05/16}{Remove surplus braces}
+-% The comand |\linespread| changes the current |\baselinestretch|
++% The command |\linespread| changes the current |\baselinestretch|
+ % by calling |\set@fontsize|. The values for |\f@size| and
+ % |\f@baselineskip| will be left unchanged.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -843,7 +843,7 @@
+ % which case nothing changes, or it will be an updated value due to
+ % a user change of that macro using |\renewcommand|. If we would
+ % pass the internal |\f@linespread| such a change would be
+-% efectively overwritten by a size change.
++% effectively overwritten by a size change.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\fontsize[2]
+ {\set@fontsize\baselinestretch{#1}{#2}}
+@@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@
+ % speed up the loading of some packages which may load fonts
+ % The code is actually pre-loaded into the kernel and removed
+ % at |\begin{document}|. The |\ifx| test below ensures that
+-% if |\usepackage{autofss2}| apears in the preamble, then the code
++% if |\usepackage{autofss2}| appears in the preamble, then the code
+ % is not removed at this time. Can not use |\AtBeginDocument| here
+ % as it is not defined yet! Listing all the commands like this
+ % is not ideal as any changes to the |autofss2.sty| need to be
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssdcl.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssdcl.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993-2011
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
+ %
+ %
+ \ProvidesFile{ltfssdcl.dtx}
+- [2011/09/03 v3.0o LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Declarative Interface)]
++ [2014/09/29 v3.0o LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Declarative Interface)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \begin{document}
+@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@
+ \global\csname c@\expandafter\@gobble\string#1\endcsname\count@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Now we loop over |\alpha@list| to add all math alphabets known so
+-% far. We have to distinugish the case that an alphabet by default
++% far. We have to distinguish the case that an alphabet by default
+ % should produce an error in new versions.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\alpha@elt##1##2##3{%
+@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@
+ \else
+ \@latex@error{Math version `\expandafter\@gobblefour\string#1'
+ is not
+- defined}{You probably mispelled the name of the math
++ defined}{You probably misspelled the name of the math
+ version.^^JOr you have to specify an additional package.}%
+ \fi
+ }
+@@ -990,7 +990,7 @@
+ \else
+ \@latex@error{Math version `\expandafter\@gobblefour\string#1'
+ is not
+- defined}{You probably mispelled the name of the math
++ defined}{You probably misspelled the name of the math
+ version.^^JOr you have to specify an additional package.}%
+ \fi
+ }
+@@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\set@mathdelimiter}
+ % We have to end the definition of a math delimiter like |\lfloor|
+ % with a space and not with |\relax| as we did before, because
+-% otherwise contructs involving |\abovewithdelims| will prematurely
++% otherwise constructs involving |\abovewithdelims| will prematurely
+ % end (pr/1329)
+ %
+ % \changes{v2.1q}{1995/04/02}{fix pr/1329}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssini.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfssini.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
+ %
+ %
+ \ProvidesFile{ltfssini.dtx}
+- [2001/06/01 v3.0k LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Initialisation)]
++ [2014/09/29 v3.0k LaTeX Kernel (NFSS Initialisation)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \begin{document}
+@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
+ % \cs{mathversion.}}
+ % \changes{v1.0a}{1989/04/10}{Starting with version numbers!
+ % \cs{newif} for \cs{@tempswa} added since this switch is
+-% unkown at the time when this file is read in.
++% unknown at the time when this file is read in.
+ % (latex.tex is loaded later.)
+ % \cs{math@famname} changed to \cs{math@version.}}
+ %
+@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
+ % fonts so anybody who is using these fonts doesn't need them.
+ % But for compatibility reasons we will define these symbols.
+ %
+-% \changes{v2.1g}{1994/02/22}{Correct error mssage}
++% \changes{v2.1g}{1994/02/22}{Correct error message}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\not@base#1{\@latex@error
+ {Command \noexpand#1not provided in base LaTeX2e}%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfsstrc.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltfsstrc.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
+ %
+ %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/05/16]
+ %<package>\ProvidesPackage{tracefnt}
+-%<package> [1997/05/29 v3.0j Standard LaTeX package (font tracing)]
++%<package> [2014/09/29 v3.0j Standard LaTeX package (font tracing)]
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{ltfsstrc.dtx}
+-% [1997/05/29 v3.0j LaTeX Kernel (NFSS tracing)]
++% [2014/09/29 v3.0j LaTeX Kernel (NFSS tracing)]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<+checkmem>\CHECKMEM
+@@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@
+ % Assume that the requested parameters are: {\em encoding scheme\/}
+ % `OT1', {\em family\/} `cm', {\em series\/} `sansserif',
+ % {\em shape\/} `normal', and {\em size\/} `$12$'.
+-% The correspondign font definitions have already been
++% The corresponding font definitions have already been
+ % extracted from the macro |\OT1/cm/sansserif/normal| and
+ % stored in |font@info|.
+ % (Otherwise |\extract@fontinfo| doesn't get called.)
+@@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@
+ % \changes{v2.3d}{1994/04/18}{Changed dimen to macro}
+ % The macro |\font@submax| records the maximal deviation from the
+ % desired size encountered so far. Its value is used in a warning
+-% message at |\end{coument}|. The macro
++% message at |\end{document}|. The macro
+ % |\fontsubfuzz| contains the amount that will not cause terminal
+ % warnings (warnings still go into the transcript file).
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\s@fct@}
+ % This is the default size function. Mandatory argument is an
+-% external font name, optinal argument a scale factor.
++% external font name, optional argument a scale factor.
+ % The font is scaled
+ % to |\f@size| if no optional argument is present, and to
+ % |\f@size| multiplied by the optional argument otherwise.
+@@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@
+ % This size function generates the external name from the mandatory
+ % argument and the requested user size, and thus can be used for
+ % external names where the size is encoded in the font name. The
+-% optinal argument a scale factor. The font is scaled to |\f@size|
++% optional argument a scale factor. The font is scaled to |\f@size|
+ % if no optional argument is present, and to |\f@size| multiplied
+ % by the optional argument otherwise.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltlists.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltlists.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltlists.dtx}
+- [2002/10/28 v1.0s LaTeX Kernel (List Environments)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.0s LaTeX Kernel (List Environments)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltlists.dtx}
+@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
+ % To suppress the paragraph indentation in text immediately following
+ % a paragraph-making environment, \cs{everypar} is changed to remove the
+ % space, and \cs{par} is redefined to restore \cs{everypar}. Instead of
+-% redefining \cs{par} and \cs{everpar}, \cs{@endparenv} was changed to
++% redefining \cs{par} and \cs{everypar}, \cs{@endparenv} was changed to
+ % set the @endpe switch, letting \cs{end} redefine \cs{par} and
+ % \cs{everypar}.
+ %
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltmiscen.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993-2010
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltmiscen.dtx}
+- [2010/08/17 v1.1l LaTeX Kernel (Misc. Environments)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1l LaTeX Kernel (Misc. Environments)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltmiscen.dtx}
+@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\@currenvline}
+ % We do need a default value for |\@currenvline| on top-level since
+ % the document environment cancels the brace group. This means that
+-% a missmatch with |\begin|\allowbreak|{document}| will not produce
++% a mismatch with |\begin|\allowbreak|{document}| will not produce
+ % a line number. Thus the outer default must be |\@empty| or we
+ % will end up with two spaces.
+ % \changes{v1.0q}{1994/05/24}{Use \cs{@empty} as outer default}
+@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
+ %
+ %
+ % The verbatim environment uses the fixed-width |\ttfamily| font, turns
+-% blanks into spaces, starts a new line for each carrige return (or
++% blanks into spaces, starts a new line for each carriage return (or
+ % sequence of consecutive carriage returns), and interprets
+ % \emph{every} character literally.
+ % I.e., all special characters |\, {, $|, etc.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutenc.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutenc.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltoutenc.dtx}
+- [2009/11/04 v1.99l LaTeX Kernel (font encodings)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.99l LaTeX Kernel (font encodings)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltoutenc.dtx}
+@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.3d}{1993/12/18}{Some T1 stuff had drifted into the OT1
+ % file.}
+ % \changes{v1.3c}{1993/12/18}{A new syntax, separating
+-% accent-definitions from encoing-specific definitions, and
++% accent-definitions from encoding-specific definitions, and
+ % allowing encoding-specific \cs{chardef}, \cs{let}, etc.}
+ % \changes{v1.3c}{1993/12/18}{Rewrote for the new syntax of
+ % \cs{EncodingSpecific}.}
+@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
+ % \meta{text}|}|
+ % \end{quote}
+ % For example, in the OT1 encoding \r A has a hand-crafted
+-% defintion this is declared as follows
++% definition this is declared as follows
+ %\begin{verbatim}
+ % \DeclareTextCompositeCommand{\r}{OT1}{A}
+ % {\leavevmode\setbox\z@\hbox{!}\dimen@\ht\z@\advance\dimen@-1ex%
+@@ -1220,7 +1220,7 @@
+ % referring to the tabular rather than the tabbing
+ % environment.}
+ % \changes{v1.7n}{1995/11/02}{Changed internal name \cs{a} to
+-% \cs{@tabacckludge} to protect against redefinition by malicicous
++% \cs{@tabacckludge} to protect against redefinition by malicious
+ % users.}
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\a}
+@@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+ % Here we define a macro that extends the |\@uclclist| if needed and
+-% aferwards turns itself in a noop.
++% afterwards turns itself in a noop.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\update@uclc@with@cyrillic{%
+ \expandafter\def\expandafter\@uclclist\expandafter
+@@ -2819,7 +2819,7 @@
+ % \item[force]
+ % ignore all subset encoding definitions stored in the package
+ % itself or in the configuration file and always use the default
+-% subset as specifed by one of the other options (seldom useful,
++% subset as specified by one of the other options (seldom useful,
+ % only dangerous).
+ % \end{description}
+
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltoutput.dtx
+@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltoutput.dtx}
+- [2014/04/24 v1.2n LaTeX Kernel (Output Routine)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.2n LaTeX Kernel (Output Routine)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltoutput.dtx}
+@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@
+ % 1 1 iff the float may go on the top of a page.
+ % 2 1 iff the float may go on the bottom of a page.
+ % 3 1 iff the float may go on a float page.
+-% 4 1 unless the PLACEMENT incluses a !
++% 4 1 unless the PLACEMENT includes a !
+ % 5 1 iff a type 1 float
+ % 6 1 iff a type 2 float
+ % etc.
+@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@
+ \newif \if@twocolumn \@twocolumnfalse
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Not sure about these: two questions.
+-% Should things which must apply to a whole doument be local or
++% Should things which must apply to a whole document be local or
+ % global (they probably should be `preamble only' commands)?
+ % Are these three such things?
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@
+ % appropriate times.
+ %
+ % If |\@textbottom| ends with a box or rule of non-zero depth
+-% then this skip adjustemnt should be done again after it.
++% then this skip adjustment should be done again after it.
+ %
+ % I think that the final boxing of the main text page could have a
+ % common ending which may make it simpler to see what is going on.
+@@ -1573,7 +1573,7 @@
+ % case'.
+ % \task{CAR}{Further investigation of makecol}
+ %
+-% Also, the |\boxmaxdepth| setting here affects what happens wthin
++% Also, the |\boxmaxdepth| setting here affects what happens within
+ % |\@texttop| and |\@textbottom|, should it? Is it needed at all?
+ % \changes{v1.0l}{1994/03/15}{Removed boxmaxdepth setting.}
+ %
+@@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@
+ % This is the code which reinserts the inserts. It puts them all
+ % in one place; this can make some of them come out on the wrong
+ % page.
+-% It has been put into a separate macro to expidite experimentation.
++% It has been put into a separate macro to expedite experimentation.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ %<*2ekernel|def1|autoload>
+ \gdef \@reinserts{%
+@@ -1924,7 +1924,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % This first bit has been moved inside the shipped out box.
+ %
+-% Now the setup inside the shipped out box; this should conatin all
++% Now the setup inside the shipped out box; this should contain all
+ % the stuff that could only affect typesetting; other stuff may need
+ % to be reset for the writes also.
+ %
+@@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@
+ % The |\boxmaxdepth| setting here was not made local to
+ % a box so was dangerous. It is needed only within the box made
+ % by |\@cflt| (and not normally even there), so it has been
+-% moved there; this also agrees with the original pseudcode.
++% moved there; this also agrees with the original pseudocode.
+ %
+ % \changes{v1.0h}{1993/12/12}{boxmaxdepth setting moved}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -2603,11 +2603,11 @@
+ % get the spacing correct by ad hoc commands.
+ %
+ % It is necessary to adjust for the addition of |\parskip| here in
+-% case the float is added betweeen paragraphs (\ie when in vertical
++% case the float is added between paragraphs (\ie when in vertical
+ % mode).
+ %
+ % If the nobreak switch is true we need to reset it and clear
+-% |\everypar| sionce the float may not reset the flag and cannot reset
++% |\everypar| since the float may not reset the flag and cannot reset
+ % the |\everypar| globally.
+ % \changes{v1.0l}{1994/03/15}{Changed \cs{addvspace} to \cs{vskip}}
+ % \changes{v1.1i}{1994/11/21}
+@@ -3095,7 +3095,7 @@
+ % This part implements controllable floats and other changes
+ % to the float mechanism.
+ %
+-% It provides, at the doument level, the following command for
++% It provides, at the document level, the following command for
+ % inclusion in \LaTeX2e{}.
+ %
+ % \begin{verbatim}
+@@ -3129,7 +3129,7 @@
+ % commands described above.
+ %
+ %
+-% In its current form, it also suplies a reasonably exhaustive, and
++% In its current form, it also supplies a reasonably exhaustive, and
+ % somewhat baroque, means of tracing some aspects of the float
+ % mechanism.
+ %
+@@ -3455,7 +3455,7 @@
+ % It uses a local assignment to the normally global counter: a bit
+ % naughty, perhaps?
+ %
+-% These assgnments are safe so long as the counter involved is only
++% These assignments are safe so long as the counter involved is only
+ % consulted once (\ie only for the `bang float') with the changed value.
+ % This is the case within |\@addtocurcol| because it is used only
+ % once within a call of the output routine (which forms a group).
+@@ -3516,7 +3516,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\@flcheckspace}
+ % \changes{v1.0f}{1993/12/05}{Command added}
+ % This ignores space restriction in case BANG; this is still slightly
+-% conervative since it does not allow for the fact that, if there is
++% conservative since it does not allow for the fact that, if there is
+ % no text in the column then |\textfloatsep| is not needed.
+ % Sets |@tempswa| true if there is room for |\@currbox|.
+ %
+@@ -3620,7 +3620,7 @@
+ % \item Two consecutive h floats are separated by twice |\intextsep|:
+ % this could be changed to one by use of |\addvspace|, OK?
+ % Note that it would also mean that less space is put in if an h
+-% float immediaiely follows other spaces. This is also possibly
++% float immediately follows other spaces. This is also possibly
+ % too big a change, at least for compatibility mode?
+ % Or it may be simply wrong! It has not been changed.
+ % \item Now |\@addtocurcol| checks first for just p fps. I think
+@@ -3657,13 +3657,13 @@
+ % One is to change
+ % |\maketitle| slightly to allow this. Another is to change
+ % |\@topnewpage| so that more than one |\twocolumn[]| command is
+-% allowed; in this case |\maketitle\twoclumn[more text]| will work.
++% allowed; in this case |\maketitle\twocolumn[more text]| will work.
+ % The former is more robust from the user's viewpoint, but makes the
+ % code for |\maketitle| rather ad hoc (maybe it is already?).
+ % Another is to misuse the global twocolumn flag locally within
+ % |\@topnewpage|.
+ % Yet another is to move the column count register from the multicol
+-% package into the kernel. This has beeen done.
++% package into the kernel. This has been done.
+ % \item Where should the reinserts be put to maximise the
+ % probability that footmotes come out on the correct page?
+ % Or should we go for as much compatibility as possible (but see
+@@ -3684,7 +3684,7 @@
+ %
+ % It would perhaps be better to document that |\@textbottom|
+ % and |\@texttop| must have natural height 0pt.
+-% \item I cannot see why the vskip adjustement for the depth
++% \item I cannot see why the vskip adjustment for the depth
+ % is needed if boxmaxdepth is used to ensure that there is never
+ % a too deep box.
+ % \item The value of |\boxmaxdepth| should be explicitly set
+@@ -3797,7 +3797,7 @@
+ % The main purpose of this section is to ensure that all the
+ % float-placement parameters which need to be set in a class file or
+ % package have been declared. It also describes their use and sets
+-% values for them which are reasonable for typical douments using
++% values for them which are reasonable for typical documents using
+ % US letter or A4 sized paper.
+ %
+ % \paragraph{Limits for the placement of floating objects}
+@@ -3896,7 +3896,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\textfloatsep}
+ % \begin{macro}{\intextsep}
+ % When a floating object is placed on a page with text, these
+-% parameters control the seperation between the float and the other
++% parameters control the separation between the float and the other
+ % objects on the page. These parameters are used for both
+ % one-column mode and single-column floats in two-column mode.
+ % They are all rubber lengths.
+@@ -3946,7 +3946,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\@fptop}
+ % \begin{macro}{\@fpsep}
+ % \begin{macro}{\@fpbot}
+-% When floating objects are placed on a seperate page or column,
++% When floating objects are placed on a separate page or column,
+ % called a `float page', the layout of the page is controlled by
+ % these parameters, which are rubber lengths.
+ %
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltpictur.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltpictur.dtx}
+- [2003/12/30 v1.1j LaTeX Kernel (Picture Mode)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1j LaTeX Kernel (Picture Mode)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltpictur.dtx}
+@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
+ % \endpicture ==
+ % BEGIN
+ % } \hss }
+-% heigth of \@picbox := \@picht
++% height of \@picbox := \@picht
+ % depth of \@picbox := 0
+ % \mbox{\box\@picbox} %% change 26 Aug 91
+ % END
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltplain.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltplain.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltplain.dtx}
+- [2005/09/27 v1.1y LaTeX Kernel (Plain TeX)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1y LaTeX Kernel (Plain TeX)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltplain.dtx}
+@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@
+ % \end{macro}
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\m@th}
+-% \changes{v1.0h}{1994/05/16}{Remove unnecssary space}
++% \changes{v1.0h}{1994/05/16}{Remove unnecessary space}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\m@th{\mathsurround\z@}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@
+ % |\hrulefill| and |\dotfill|
+ % to make them work in `tabular' and `array' environments.
+ % (Change made 24 July 1987).
+-% \LaTeX\ change: |\leavevmode| added at begining of
++% \LaTeX\ change: |\leavevmode| added at beginning of
+ % |\dotfill| and |\hrulefill|
+ % so that they work as expected in vertical mode.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltsect.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltsect.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
+ %%% From File: ltsect.dtx
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+-\ProvidesFile{ltsect.dtx}[1996/12/20 v1.0z LaTeX Kernel (Sectioning)]
++\ProvidesFile{ltsect.dtx}[2014/09/29 v1.0z LaTeX Kernel (Sectioning)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltsect.dtx}
+@@ -723,7 +723,7 @@
+ % entry |\contentsline{|\meta{type}|}{|\meta{entry}|}{|\meta{page}|}|
+ % to the |.|\meta{table} file.
+ %
+-% This macro is implemented as an aplication of |\addtocontents|.
++% This macro is implemented as an application of |\addtocontents|.
+ % Note that |\thepage| is not expandable during |\protected@write|
+ % therefore one gets the page number at the time of the |\shipout|.
+ %
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltspace.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltspace.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltspace.dtx}
+- [2004/02/15 v1.3a LaTeX Kernel (spacing)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.3a LaTeX Kernel (spacing)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltspace.dtx}
+@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@
+ % mode.
+ %
+ % Before giving the current definition we give an extended definition
+-% that is currently not used (because it doesnt work as advertised:-)
++% that is currently not used (because it doesn't work as advertised:-)
+ %
+ % These are generalised hacks which attempt to do sensible things
+ % when `invisible commands' appear in vmode too.
+@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@
+ % hyphens or dashes (such as |-|, |--|, or |---|).
+ %
+ % It could probably be better implemented: it may need its own
+-% private token register and temporary commmand.
++% private token register and temporary command.
+ %
+ % Setting the hyphen in a box and then unboxing it means that the
+ % normal penalty will not be added after it---and if the penalty is
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttab.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/lttab.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %<def> [1998/11/13 v1.1m tabbing autoload file]
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+-\ProvidesFile{lttab.dtx}[1998/11/13 v1.1m LaTeX Kernel (Columns)]
++\ProvidesFile{lttab.dtx}[2014/09/29 v1.1m LaTeX Kernel (Columns)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{lttab.dtx}
+@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
+ %
+ % \begin{oldcomments}
+ %
+-% ARRAY PARMETERS:
++% ARRAY PARAMETERS:
+ % \arraycolsep
+ % : half the width separating columns in an array environment
+ % \tabcolsep
+@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@
+ % : line spacing in array and tabular environments is done by
+ % placing a strut in every row of height and depth
+ % \arraystretch times the height and depth of the strut
+-% produced by an ordinary \strut commmand.
++% produced by an ordinary \strut command.
+ %
+ % PREAMBLE:
+ % The PREAMBLE argument of an array or tabular environment can
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltthm.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltthm.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltthm.dtx}
+- [1995/10/10 v1.0f LaTeX Kernel (Theorems)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.0f LaTeX Kernel (Theorems)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltthm.dtx}
+@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@
+ %
+ % \newtheorem{NAME}[OLDNAME]{TEXT}==
+ % BEGIN
+-% if counter OLDNAME nonexistant
++% if counter OLDNAME nonexistent
+ % then ERROR
+ % else
+ % if \NAME is definable
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxdoc.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
+ %
+ %<class>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ %<class>\ProvidesClass{ltxdoc}
+-%<class> [2007/11/11 v2.0u Standard LaTeX documentation class]
++%<class> [2014/09/29 v2.0u Standard LaTeX documentation class]
+ %
+ %<*driver>
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
+ %
+ % The simplest form of customisation is to pass more options to the
+ % |article| class which is loaded by |ltxdoc|. For instance if you wish
+-% all the documentation to be formated for A4 paper, add the following
++% all the documentation to be formatted for A4 paper, add the following
+ % line to |ltxdoc.cfg|:
+ %\begin{verbatim}
+ % \PassOptionsToClass{a4paper}{article}
+@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
+ % \AtBeginDocument{\RecordChanges}
+ % \AtEndDocument{\PrintChanges}
+ %\end{verbatim}
+-% to |ltxdoc.cfg|, and use MakeIndex with a comand such as
++% to |ltxdoc.cfg|, and use MakeIndex with a command such as
+ %\begin{verbatim}
+ % makeindex -s gglo.ist -o ltclass.gls ltclass.glo
+ %\end{verbatim}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxref.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/ltxref.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ % \fi
+ \ProvidesFile{ltxref.dtx}
+- [2001/02/16 v1.1k LaTeX Kernel (Cross Referencing)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1k LaTeX Kernel (Cross Referencing)]
+ % \iffalse
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+ \GetFileInfo{ltxref.dtx}
+@@ -131,12 +131,12 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\@refundefined}
+ % \changes{v1.1h}{1995/10/24}{Switch for refundefined replaced}
+ % This does not save on name-space (since \cs{G@refundefinedfalse}
+-% was never needed) but it does make the implmentation of such
++% was never needed) but it does make the implementation of such
+ % one-way switches more consistent. The extra macro to make the
+ % change is used since this change appears several times.
+ %
+ % \textbf{Note} despite its name, |\G@refundefinedtrue| does
+-% \emph{not} correspnd to an |\if| command, and there is no
++% \emph{not} correspond to an |\if| command, and there is no
+ % matching \ldots|false|. It would be more natural to call the
+ % command |\G@refundefined| (as inspection of the change log will
+ % reveal) but unfortunately such a change would break any package
+@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
+ % |\the...| and surrounding glyphs.
+ %
+ % We have refrained from making this change in the kernel code
+-% although for exisiting documents it would be 100\% backward
++% although for existing documents it would be 100\% backward
+ % compatible. The reason being that any class or package making use of
+ % this functionality would then horribly fail with older \LaTeX{}
+ % installations.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/makeindx.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/makeindx.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
+ % Chris Rowley\and
+ % Rainer Sch\"opf}
+ %
+-% \date{1994/11/11}
++% \date{2014/09/29}
+ % \maketitle
+ %
+ % \section{Description}
+@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ %<makeidx>\ProvidesPackage{makeidx}
+ %<showidx>\ProvidesPackage{showidx}
+- [2000/03/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package]
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+ % \subsection{Makeidx}
+@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\@leftidx}
+ % \begin{macro}{\@rightidx}
+-% These macros give the amount of displacemant for the |\indexbox|.
++% These macros give the amount of displacement for the |\indexbox|.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@leftidx{\hskip-\marginparsep \hskip-\marginparwidth}
+ \def\@rightidx{\hskip\columnwidth \hskip\marginparsep}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/nfssfont.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/nfssfont.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -26,8 +26,8 @@
+ % extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ %
+ % \fi
+-\def\nfssfontfileversion{v2.2b}
+-\def\nfssfontfiledate{2006/01/08}
++\def\nfssfontfileversion{v2.2c}
++\def\nfssfontfiledate{2014/09/29}
+
+ % \CheckSum{1226}
+ %% \CharacterTable
+@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
+ % |\table| are then most likely going to fail, unless that assumption was
+ % correct.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+- \def\encoding{unkown}%
++ \def\encoding{unknown}%
+ \fontencoding{T1}\selectfont
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % If the user answers with ``return'' we ask for the \NFSS{}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/oldlfont.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/oldlfont.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
+ %<*!latex209>
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{oldlfont.dtx}
+- [1994/11/29 v2.2k Standard LaTeX package]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.2k Standard LaTeX package]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %</!latex209>
+@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@
+ % \end{macro}
+ %
+ %
+-% We left out the special \LaTeX{} fonts which are not automaticly
++% We left out the special \LaTeX{} fonts which are not automatically
+ % included in the base version of the font selection since these
+ % fonts contain only a few characters which are also included in
+ % the AMS fonts so anybody who is using these fonts doesn't need
+-% them. But for compatiblity reasons we will define these symbols.
++% them. But for compatibility reasons we will define these symbols.
+ %
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \RequirePackage{latexsym}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/preload.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/preload.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
+ %<+tex> \ProvidesFile{preload.ltx}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{preload.dtx}
+- [1998/08/17 v2.1g LaTeX Kernel (Font Preloading)]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.1g LaTeX Kernel (Font Preloading)]
+ %
+ % \CheckSum{41}
+ %
+@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
+ %
+ % Or you can define completely other preloads. In that case start
+ % from \texttt{preload.min} since that contains the fonts that have
+-% to be preloaded by *all* \LaTeXe{} sytems.
++% to be preloaded by *all* \LaTeXe{} systems.
+ %
+ % Avoid using \texttt{preload.ori}, it will load so many fonts that
+ % on most installations it is nearly impossible to load other font
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/proc.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/proc.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@
+ % \subsection{Identification}
+ %
+ % This document class can only be used with \LaTeXe, so it is made
+-% sure that an appropiate message is displayed when another \TeX{}
++% sure that an appropriate message is displayed when another \TeX{}
+ % format is used.
+ % \changes{v1.3l}{1995/11/30}{Added date of \LaTeX\ format to argument
+ % of \cs{NeedsTeXFormat}}
+@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@
+ %</driver>
+ %<+class>\ProvidesClass{proc}
+ %<+style>\ProvidesFile{proc.sty}
+- [1995/11/30 v1.3l
++ [2014/09/29 v1.3l
+ %<+class> Standard LaTeX document class]
+ %<+style> LaTeX 2.09 compatibility style option `proc']
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@
+ % number is printed in the lower right side of the page.
+ %
+ % This works as long as he doesn't use either |\pagestyle| or
+-% |\thispagestyle| comands.
++% |\thispagestyle| commands.
+ % \changes{v1.3f}{1994/05/26}{changed \cs{rm} to
+ % \cs{normalfont}\cs{rmfamily}}
+ % \changes{v1.3j}{1995/05/26}{Removed \cs{rmfamily} (PR 1578)}
+@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\maketitle}
+ % \changes{v1.3k}{1995/07/18}{Modify footnote handling (PR 1735)}
+-% The defintion of |\maketitle| here is basically the same as the
++% The definition of |\maketitle| here is basically the same as the
+ % one in the document class \texttt{article}, but the pagestyle is
+ % \emph{not} set to \texttt{plain}.
+ %
+@@ -395,8 +395,8 @@
+ % This macro takes care of formatting the title information.
+ %
+ % The information is set inside |\vbox| with a width of
+-% |\textwidth| and a hight of 2.25in. The text is vertically and
+-% hirizontally centered.
++% |\textwidth| and a height of 2.25in. The text is vertically and
++% horizontally centered.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\@maketitle{%
+ \vbox to 2.25in{%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/slides.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/slides.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
+ %<*driver>
+ \ProvidesFile{slides.drv}
+ %</driver>
+- [1997/08/15 v2.3z
++ [2014/09/29 v2.3z
+ %<+class> Standard LaTeX document class]
+ %<+cmd> SLiTeX definitions]
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@
+ %
+ % \subsection{Flush left displays}
+ %
+-% The option \Lopt{fleqn} redefines the displayed math environmens
++% The option \Lopt{fleqn} redefines the displayed math environments
+ % in such a way that they come out flush left, with an indentation
+ % of |\mathindent| from the prevailing left margin.
+ % \changes{v2.2g}{1994/03/01}{Added fleqn option.}
+@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@
+ % The commands |\nopagebreak| and |\nolinebreak| put in penalties
+ % to discourage these breaks at the point they are put in.
+ % They use |\@lowpenalty|, |\@medpenalty| or |\@highpenalty|,
+-% dependant on their argument.
++% dependent on their argument.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \@lowpenalty 51
+ \@medpenalty 151
+@@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@
+ % Here we supply the declarative font changing commands that were
+ % common in \LaTeX\ version 2.09 and earlier. These commands work
+ % in text mode \emph{and} in math mode. They are provided for
+-% compatiblity, but one should start using the |\text...| and
++% compatibility, but one should start using the |\text...| and
+ % |\math...| commands instead. These commands are redefined using
+ % |\DeclareOldFontCommand|, a command with three arguments: the
+ % user command to be defined, \LaTeX\ commands to execute in text
+@@ -2085,7 +2085,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % This will set up the last color specified in the argument to
+ % \verb+\slide+ as the current color. If only back and white slides
+-% are prepared \verb+\last@color+ will be empty and effectly
++% are prepared \verb+\last@color+ will be empty and effectively
+ % \verb+\relax+ will be generated (hopefully).
+ %
+ % We need to reset to a default font at the beginning of a slide.
+@@ -2116,7 +2116,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % This will set up the last color specified in the argument to
+ % \verb+\slide+ as the current color. If only back and white slides
+-% are prepared \verb+\last@color+ will be empty and effectly
++% are prepared \verb+\last@color+ will be empty and effectively
+ % \verb+\relax+ will be generated (hopefully).
+ %
+ % We need to reset to a default font at the beginning of a slide.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/source2e.tex
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/source2e.tex
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
+ % be quite large (about 555 pages).
+ %
+
+- \DocInclude{ltdirchk} % System dependant initialisation
++ \DocInclude{ltdirchk} % System dependent initialisation
+
+ \DocInclude{ltplain} % LaTeX version of Knuth's plain.tex
+
+@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
+ # (this run needed only to get changes and index listed in .toc file)
+ #
+ # Note that the index will not be made incorrect by the insertion
+-# of the table of contents as the front matter uses a diferent page
++# of the table of contents as the front matter uses a different page
+ # numbering scheme.
+ #
+ echo "\includeonly{}" >> ltxdoc.cfg
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/usrguide.tex
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/usrguide.tex
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
+
+ \title{\LaTeXe~for authors}
+
+-\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2005, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
++\author{\copyright~Copyright 1995--2014, \LaTeX3 Project Team.\\
+ All rights reserved.}
+
+-\date{27 November 2005}
++\date{29 September 2014}
+
+
+ \begin{document}
+@@ -1447,7 +1447,7 @@
+ features and commands. Any attempt to use them will give you an error
+ message and, moreover, many of them simply will not work, whilst
+ others will produce unpredictable results.
+-So don't bother sending us any bug reports about such occurences since
++So don't bother sending us any bug reports about such occurrences since
+ they are intentional.
+
+
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/utf8ienc.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/base/utf8ienc.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009
++% Copyright 19932014
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@
+ %<+ts1> \ProvidesFile{ts1enc.dfu}
+ %<+x2> \ProvidesFile{x2enc.dfu}
+ %<+all> \ProvidesFile{utf8enc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.1m}{2008/04/05}{Ensure we don't lose spaces in the log}
+ % The previous line is written to the log with the newline char being
+ % ignored (thus not producing a space). Therefore either everything has to
+-% be on a single input line or some specical care must be taken. From this
++% be on a single input line or some special care must be taken. From this
+ % point on we ignore spaces again, i.e., while we are reading the
+ % \texttt{.dfu} file. The |\endgroup| below will restore it again.
+ % \changes{v1.1d}{2004/05/08}{Explicitly set catcode of space}
+@@ -610,7 +610,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % However, we don't know if there are font encodings still to be
+ % loaded (either with \texttt{fontenc} or directly with |\input| by
+-% some some package). Font enconding files are loaded only if the
++% some some package). Font encoding files are loaded only if the
+ % corresponding encoding has not been loaded yet, and they always
+ % begin with |\DeclareFontEncoding|. We now redefine the internal
+ % kernel version of the latter to load the Unicode file if available.
+@@ -676,7 +676,7 @@
+ %
+ % \subsection{About the table itself}
+ %
+-% In addition to generating indivdual files, the table below is, at present,
++% In addition to generating individual files, the table below is, at present,
+ % a one-one (we think) partial relationship between the (ill-defined) set
+ % of LICRs and the Unicode slots "0080 to "FFFF. At present these entries
+ % are used only to define a collection of partial mappings from Unicode
+@@ -684,14 +684,14 @@
+ % value (`not defined') to the set of LICRs.
+ %
+ % It is probably not essential for the relationship in the full table to be
+-% one-one; this raises questions suach as: the exact role of LICRs;
++% one-one; this raises questions such as: the exact role of LICRs;
+ % the formal relationships on the set of LICRs; the (non-mathematical)
+ % relationship between
+ % LICRs and Unicode (which has its own somewhat fuzzy equivalences);
+ % and ultimately what a character is and what a character representation
+ % and/or name is.
+ %
+-% Viewed this a way, the result has, perhaps puzzingly, just two (we think)
++% Viewed this a way, the result has, perhaps puzzling, just two (we think)
+ % gaps in the second 128 `Unicode slots' (00A0 and 00AD): neither of these
+ % is really a character, of course.
+ %
+@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@
+ %
+ % However, their looks are probably a font designers decision and the next
+ % two mappings are wrong or rather the names in OT2 should change for
+-% consistancy.
++% consistency.
+ %
+ % On the other hand the names |\CYROTLD| are somewhat questionabled as the
+ % Unicode standard only describes ``Cyrillic barred O'' while |TLD| refers
+@@ -1227,8 +1227,8 @@
+ % The following definitions are in an encoding file but have no
+ % direct equivalent in Unicode, or they simply do not make sense in that
+ % context (or we have not yet found anything or \ldots :-). For
+-% example, the non-combining accent charcaters are certainly
+-% available somehwere but these are not equivalent to a \TeX{}
++% example, the non-combining accent characters are certainly
++% available somewhere but these are not equivalent to a \TeX{}
+ % accent command.
+ %\begin{verbatim}
+ %\DeclareTextSymbol{\j}{OT1}{17}
+@@ -1335,7 +1335,7 @@
+ % \section{A test document}
+ %
+ % Here is a very small test document which may or may not survive
+-% if the current document is transfered from one place to the
++% if the current document is transferred from one place to the
+ % other.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ %<*test>
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/article.cls
+@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+ \ProvidesClass{article}
+- [2007/10/19 v1.4h
++ [2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX document class]
+ \newcommand\@ptsize{}
+ \newif\if@restonecol
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk10.clo
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk10.clo
+@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \ProvidesFile{bk10.clo}
+- [2007/10/19 v1.4h
++ [2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
+ \renewcommand\normalsize{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xiipt
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk11.clo
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk11.clo
+@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \ProvidesFile{bk11.clo}
+- [2007/10/19 v1.4h
++ [2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
+ \renewcommand\normalsize{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xipt{13.6}%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/bk12.clo
+@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \ProvidesFile{bk12.clo}
+- [2007/10/19 v1.4h
++ [2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
+ \renewcommand\normalsize{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xiipt{14.5}%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/book.cls
+@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+ \ProvidesClass{book}
+- [2007/10/19 v1.4h
++ [2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX document class]
+ \newcommand\@ptsize{}
+ \newif\if@restonecol
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/doc.sty
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+ \ProvidesPackage{doc}
+- [2010/02/04 v2.1e
++ [2014/09/29 v2.1e
+ Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/docstrip.tex
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/docstrip.tex
+@@ -39,9 +39,9 @@
+ \catcode`\{=1
+ \catcode`\}=2
+ \def\filename{docstrip.dtx}
+-\def\fileversion{2.5d}
+-\def\filedate{2005/07/29}
+-\def\docdate {2014/04/19}
++\def\fileversion{2.5e}
++\def\filedate{2014/09/29}
++\def\docdate {2014/09/29}
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@
+ \Ask\noprompt{%
+ By default you will be asked this question for every file.^^J%
+ If you enter `y' now,^^J%
+- I will asssume `y' for all future questions^^J%
++ I will assume `y' for all future questions^^J%
+ without prompting.}%
+ \ifx\y\noprompt\let\noprompt\yes\fi
+ \ifx\yes\noprompt\gdef\Ask####1####2{\def####1{y}}\fi}}
+@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@
+ ****************************************************^^J%
+ * Finally give the list of input file(s) without \space\space*}%
+ \Ask\filelist{%
+- * extension seperated by commas if necessary %
++ * extension separated by commas if necessary %
+ \space\space\space\space: *}%
+ \Msg{****************************************************^^J}}%
+ \Msg{Utility: `docstrip' \fileversion\space <\filedate>^^J%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/exscale.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/exscale.sty
+@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
+ %% all rights reserved.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{exscale}
+- [2007/10/29 v2.1h
++ [2014/09/29 v2.1h
+ Standard LaTeX package exscale]
+ \DeclareFontShape{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}{%
+ <-8>sfixed * cmex7
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fix-cm.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fix-cm.sty
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{fix-cm}
+- [2014/08/30 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fixltx2e.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fixltx2e.sty
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{fixltx2e}
+- [2014/08/30 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1s fixes to LaTeX]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.cfg
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.cfg
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %%
+ %%% From File: fontdef.dtx
+ \ProvidesFile{fontmath.cfg}
+- [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
++ [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
+ (Uncustomised math
+ font setup)]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.ltx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fontmath.ltx
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %%
+ %%% From File: fontdef.dtx
+ \ProvidesFile{fontmath.ltx}
+- [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
++ [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
+ (Math
+ font setup)]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.cfg
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.cfg
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %%
+ %%% From File: fontdef.dtx
+ \ProvidesFile{fonttext.cfg}
+- [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
++ [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
+ (Uncustomised text
+ font setup)]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.ltx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/fonttext.ltx
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %%
+ %%% From File: fontdef.dtx
+ \ProvidesFile{fonttext.ltx}
+- [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
++ [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
+ (Text
+ font setup)]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ifthen.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ifthen.sty
+@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
+ %%
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+ \ProvidesPackage{ifthen}
+- [2001/05/26 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1c Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)]
+ \def\TE@throw{\@ne=\@ne\noexpand\fi}
+ \def\boolean#1#2{%
+ \TE@throw\expandafter\noexpand\csname if#1\endcsname#2}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/latex.ltx
+@@ -3027,7 +3027,7 @@
+ \else
+ \@latex@error{Math version `\expandafter\@gobblefour\string#1'
+ is not
+- defined}{You probably mispelled the name of the math
++ defined}{You probably misspelled the name of the math
+ version.^^JOr you have to specify an additional package.}%
+ \fi
+ }
+@@ -3203,7 +3203,7 @@
+ \else
+ \@latex@error{Math version `\expandafter\@gobblefour\string#1'
+ is not
+- defined}{You probably mispelled the name of the math
++ defined}{You probably misspelled the name of the math
+ version.^^JOr you have to specify an additional package.}%
+ \fi
+ }
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/lcyenc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/lcyenc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{lcyenc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemotright}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/letter.cls
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/letter.cls
+@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1996/06/01]
+ \ProvidesClass{letter}
+- [1999/04/29 v1.2z
++ [2014/09/29 v1.2z
+ Standard LaTeX document class]
+ \newcommand\@ptsize{}
+ \DeclareOption{a4paper}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltxdoc.cls
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ltxdoc.cls
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesClass{ltxdoc}
+- [2007/11/11 v2.0u Standard LaTeX documentation class]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.0u Standard LaTeX documentation class]
+ \DeclareOption{a5paper}{\@latexerr{Option not supported}%
+ {}}
+ \DeclareOption*{%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ly1enc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ly1enc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{ly1enc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\textexclamdown}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{\textcent}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\textsterling}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/makeidx.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/makeidx.sty
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesPackage{makeidx}
+- [2000/03/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package]
+ \newcommand*\see[2]{\emph{\seename} #1}
+ \providecommand*\seealso[2]{\emph{\alsoname} #1}
+ \newcommand\printindex{\@input@{\jobname.ind}}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/nfssfont.tex
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/nfssfont.tex
+@@ -36,8 +36,8 @@
+ %% The list of derived (unpacked) files belonging to the distribution
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+-\def\nfssfontfileversion{v2.2b}
+-\def\nfssfontfiledate{2006/01/08}
++\def\nfssfontfileversion{v2.2c}
++\def\nfssfontfiledate{2014/09/29}
+
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
+ \typein[\currfontname]%
+ {Input external font name, e.g., cmr10^^J%
+ (or <enter> for NFSS classification of font):}%
+- \def\encoding{unkown}%
++ \def\encoding{unknown}%
+ \fontencoding{T1}\selectfont
+ \ifx\currfontname\empty
+ \typein[\encoding]{^^J^^J*** NFSS classification
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/oldlfont.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/oldlfont.sty
+@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
+ %% all rights reserved.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{oldlfont}
+- [1994/11/29 v2.2k Standard LaTeX package]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.2k Standard LaTeX package]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmm.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmm.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{omlcmm.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OML}{cmm}{\skewchar\font127 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}%
+ {<5><6><7><8><9>gen*cmmi%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmr.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omlcmr.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{omlcmr.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OML}{cmr}{\skewchar\font127 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{OML}{cmr}{m}{n}%
+ {<->ssub*cmm/m/it}{}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmr.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{omscmr.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OMS}{cmr}{\skewchar\font48 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{OMS}{cmr}{m}{n}%
+ {<->ssub*cmsy/m/n}{}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmsy.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omscmsy.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{omscmsy.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OMS}{cmsy}{\skewchar\font48 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{OMS}{cmsy}{m}{n}{%
+ <5><6><7><8><9><10>gen*cmsy%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omsenc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omsenc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{omsenc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\textsection}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B6}{\textparagraph}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B7}{\textperiodcentered}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omxcmex.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/omxcmex.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{omxcmex.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OMX}{cmex}{}
+ \DeclareFontShape{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}{%
+ <->sfixed*cmex10%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmdh.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmdh.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ot1cmdh.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmdh}{\hyphenchar\font45 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmdh}{m}{n}{%
+ <10>cmdunh10%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfib.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfib.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ot1cmfib.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmfib}{\hyphenchar\font45 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmfib}{m}{n}{%
+ <8>cmfib8%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfr.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmfr.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ot1cmfr.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmfr}{\hyphenchar\font45 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmfr}{m}{n}{%
+ <10>cmff10%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmr.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmr.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ot1cmr.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmr}{\hyphenchar\font45 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}%
+ {<5><6><7><8><9><10><12>gen*cmr%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmss.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmss.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ot1cmss.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmss}{\hyphenchar\font45 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmss}{m}{n}
+ {%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmtt.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmtt.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ot1cmtt.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}
+ \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmtt}{m}{n}
+ {%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmvtt.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1cmvtt.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ot1cmvtt.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{OT1}{cmvtt}{\hyphenchar\font45 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{OT1}{cmvtt}{m}{n}%
+ {%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1enc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot1enc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{ot1enc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\textexclamdown}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\textsterling}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\c\ }
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot2enc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ot2enc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{ot2enc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemotright}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\i}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.cfg
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.cfg
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %%
+ %%% From File: fontdef.dtx
+ \ProvidesFile{preload.cfg}
+- [2004/02/04 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
++ [2014/09/29 v2.3a LaTeX Kernel
+ (Uncustomised preload
+ font setup)]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.ltx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/preload.ltx
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %%
+ %%% From File: preload.dtx
+ \ProvidesFile{preload.ltx}
+- [1998/08/17 v2.1g LaTeX Kernel (Font Preloading)]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.1g LaTeX Kernel (Font Preloading)]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.cls
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.cls
+@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+ \ProvidesClass{proc}
+- [1995/11/30 v1.3l
++ [2014/09/29 v1.3l
+ Standard LaTeX document class]
+ \DeclareOption{a5paper}
+ {\ClassError{proc}{Option `a5paper' not supported}{}}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/proc.sty
+@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+ \ProvidesFile{proc.sty}
+- [1995/11/30 v1.3l
++ [2014/09/29 v1.3l
+ LaTeX 2.09 compatibility style option `proc']
+ \if@compatibility
+ \else
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/report.cls
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/report.cls
+@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+ \ProvidesClass{report}
+- [2007/10/19 v1.4h
++ [2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX document class]
+ \newcommand\@ptsize{}
+ \newif\if@restonecol
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/shortvrb.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/shortvrb.sty
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1994/12/01]
+ \ProvidesPackage{shortvrb}
+- [2010/02/04 v2.1e
++ [2014/09/29 v2.1e
+ Standard LaTeX documentation package (FMi)]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/showidx.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/showidx.sty
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesPackage{showidx}
+- [2000/03/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.0m Standard LaTeX package]
+ \newinsert\indexbox
+ \dimen\indexbox=\maxdimen
+ \renewcommand\index{\@bsphack\begingroup
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size10.clo
+@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \ProvidesFile{size10.clo}
+- [2007/10/19 v1.4h
++ [2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
+ \renewcommand\normalsize{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xpt\@xiipt
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size11.clo
+@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \ProvidesFile{size11.clo}
+- [2007/10/19 v1.4h
++ [2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
+ \renewcommand\normalsize{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xipt{13.6}%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size12.clo
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/size12.clo
+@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \ProvidesFile{size12.clo}
+- [2007/10/19 v1.4h
++ [2014/09/29 v1.4h
+ Standard LaTeX file (size option)]
+ \renewcommand\normalsize{%
+ \@setfontsize\normalsize\@xiipt{14.5}%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.cls
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.cls
+@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1997/06/01]
+ \ProvidesClass{slides}
+- [1997/08/15 v2.3z
++ [2014/09/29 v2.3z
+ Standard LaTeX document class]
+ \input{slides.def}
+ \InputIfFileExists{sfonts.cfg}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.def
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/slides.def
+@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ \ProvidesFile{slides.def}
+- [1997/08/15 v2.3z
++ [2014/09/29 v2.3z
+ SLiTeX definitions]
+ \message{hacks,}
+
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmdh.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmdh.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{t1cmdh.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfib.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfib.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{t1cmfib.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfr.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmfr.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{t1cmfr.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmr.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmr.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{t1cmr.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmss.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmss.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{t1cmss.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmtt.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmtt.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{t1cmtt.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@ttfamily}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8>#50800%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmvtt.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1cmvtt.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{t1cmvtt.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@ttfamily}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8>#50800%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1enc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t1enc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{t1enc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\textexclamdown}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\textsterling}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2aenc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2aenc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{t2aenc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\textsection}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2benc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2benc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{t2benc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\textsection}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2cenc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/t2cenc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{t2cenc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\textsection}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/texsys.cfg
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/texsys.cfg
+@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
+ %
+ % \subsection{FAKE EXAMPLE}
+ % This example is for an operating system that has filenames of the
+-% form |<area>name| For maximum compatability with macro sets,
++% form |<area>name| For maximum compatibility with macro sets,
+ % you want |name.ext| to be mapped to |<ext>name|.
+ % and |<area>name.ext| to be mapped to |<area.ext>name|.
+ % |\input| does this mapping automatically, but |\openin| does not, and
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/tracefnt.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/tracefnt.sty
+@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
+ %% Copyright (C) 1994-97 by LaTeX3 project. All rights reserved.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/05/16]
+ \ProvidesPackage{tracefnt}
+- [1997/05/29 v3.0j Standard LaTeX package (font tracing)]
++ [2014/09/29 v3.0j Standard LaTeX package (font tracing)]
+ \newcount\tracingfonts
+ \tracingfonts=0
+ \DeclareOption{errorshow}{%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmr.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmr.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ts1cmr.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmss.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmss.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ts1cmss.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@family}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8><9><10><10.95><12><14.4>%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmtt.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmtt.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ts1cmtt.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@ttfamily}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8>#50800%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmvtt.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1cmvtt.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ts1cmvtt.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \providecommand{\EC@ttfamily}[5]{%
+ \DeclareFontShape{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+ {<5><6><7><8>#50800%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1enc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ts1enc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{ts1enc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{\textcent}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\textsterling}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmr.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmr.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ucmr.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{U}{cmr}{\hyphenchar\font45 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{U}{cmr}{m}{n}%
+ {<5><6><7><8><9><10><12>gen*cmr%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmss.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmss.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ucmss.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{U}{cmss}{\hyphenchar\font45 }
+ \DeclareFontShape{U}{cmss}{m}{n}%
+ {%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmtt.fd
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/ucmtt.fd
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %% of this file under its original name.
+ %%
+ \ProvidesFile{ucmtt.fd}
+- [1999/05/25 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
++ [2014/09/29 v2.5h Standard LaTeX font definitions]
+ \DeclareFontFamily{U}{cmtt}{\hyphenchar \font\m@ne}
+ \DeclareFontShape{U}{cmtt}{m}{n}%
+ {%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8-test.tex
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8-test.tex
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{utf8-test.tex}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8.def
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8.def
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{utf8.def}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \makeatletter
+ \catcode`\ \saved@space@catcode
+ \def\UTFviii@two@octets#1#2{\expandafter
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8enc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8enc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{utf8enc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\textexclamdown}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A2}{\textcent}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\textsterling}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8test.tex
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/utf8test.tex
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{utf8-test.tex}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+
+ \documentclass{article}
+
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/x2enc.dfu
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/base/x2enc.dfu
+@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
+ %% and covered by LPPL is defined by the unpacking scripts (with
+ %% extension .ins) which are part of the distribution.
+ \ProvidesFile{x2enc.dfu}
+- [2008/04/05 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
++ [2014/09/29 v1.1m UTF-8 support for inputenc]
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A4}{\textcurrency}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A7}{\textsection}
+ \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemotleft}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/latex.doc.tlpobj
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/latex.doc.tlpobj
+@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
+ name latex.doc
+ category Package
+-revision 35209
++revision 35577
+ shortdesc doc files of latex
+ relocated 1
+-docfiles size=2230
+- RELOC/doc/latex/base/00readme.txt
++docfiles size=2270
++ RELOC/doc/latex/base/README
+ RELOC/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
+ RELOC/doc/latex/base/autoload.txt
+ RELOC/doc/latex/base/bugs.txt
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/latex.source.tlpobj
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/latex.source.tlpobj
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ name latex.source
+ category Package
+-revision 35209
++revision 35577
+ shortdesc source files of latex
+ relocated 1
+ srcfiles size=848
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/latex.tlpobj
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/latex.tlpobj
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ name latex
+ category Package
+-revision 35209
++revision 35577
+ shortdesc A TeX macro package that defines LaTeX.
+ relocated 1
+ longdesc LaTeX is a widely-used macro package for TeX, providing many
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+@@ -112034,7 +112034,7 @@
+ doccontainersize 8165988
+ doccontainermd5 85774becf41c3afb54f5d3147d9817d5
+ docfiles size=2230
+- RELOC/doc/latex/base/00readme.txt
++ RELOC/doc/latex/base/README
+ RELOC/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
+ RELOC/doc/latex/base/autoload.txt
+ RELOC/doc/latex/base/bugs.txt
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/mptopdf-manpage-fixes texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/mptopdf-manpage-fixes
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/mptopdf-manpage-fixes 2014-07-15 17:45:23.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/mptopdf-manpage-fixes 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -2,8 +2,8 @@
texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.1 | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
---- texlive-base-2014.20140522.orig/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.1
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140522/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.1
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.1
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mptopdf.1
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.TH "mptopdf" "1" "01-01-2014" "version 1.4.1" "convert MetaPost to PDF"
.SH NAME
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/pdftex-config-paper-factorization texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/pdftex-config-paper-factorization
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/pdftex-config-paper-factorization 2014-07-15 17:45:23.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/pdftex-config-paper-factorization 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -5,14 +5,14 @@
3 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
--- /dev/null
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/texmf-dist/tex/generic/config/pdftexconfig-paper.tex
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/generic/config/pdftexconfig-paper.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+% paper size settings, included from pdftexconfig.tex for pdftex
+\pdfpagewidth=210 true mm
+\pdfpageheight=297 true mm
+\endinput
---- texlive-base-2014.20140513.orig/texmf-dist/tex/generic/config/pdftexconfig.tex
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/texmf-dist/tex/generic/config/pdftexconfig.tex
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/generic/config/pdftexconfig.tex
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/generic/config/pdftexconfig.tex
@@ -3,8 +3,8 @@
\pdfoutput=1
\pdfcompresslevel=9
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@
\pdfhorigin=1 true in
\pdfvorigin=1 true in
\pdfpkresolution=600
---- texlive-base-2014.20140513.orig/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-@@ -149156,6 +149156,7 @@
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+@@ -153777,6 +153777,7 @@
texmf-dist/scripts/simpdftex/simpdftex
texmf-dist/tex/generic/config/pdftex-dvi.tex
texmf-dist/tex/generic/config/pdftexconfig.tex
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/series texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/series
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/series 2014-08-21 15:36:46.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/series 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -29,3 +29,5 @@
# not really good a fix, upupstream is working on it
# this patch creates different problems
# fix-listings-bug
+latex-update
+tools-update
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/set-e-fmtutil texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/set-e-fmtutil
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/set-e-fmtutil 2014-07-15 17:45:23.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/set-e-fmtutil 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -2,9 +2,9 @@
texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh | 7 +++++--
1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)
---- texlive-base-2014.20140513.orig/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
-@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/scripts/texlive/fmtutil.sh
+@@ -4,6 +4,9 @@
# Public domain. Originally written by Thomas Esser.
# Run with --help for usage.
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
# program history:
# further changes in texk/texlive/tl_scripts/ChangeLog.
# 2007-01-04 patch by JK to support $engine subdir (enabled by default)
-@@ -530,8 +533,8 @@
+@@ -533,8 +536,8 @@
if test -n "$cfgmaint"; then
if test -z "$cfgparam"; then
setupTmpDir
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/tools-update texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/tools-update
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/tools-update 1970-01-01 09:00:00.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/tools-update 2014-12-02 22:16:02.000000000 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,2228 @@
+update basic latex tools from current tlnet
+
+From the CTAN announcement by Frank Mittelbach:
+******************
+This update contains code fixes to multicol (from v1.8g to v1.8i) see
+change-log below. This should be installed as multicols* is not working
+correctly in the current version!
+
+In addition it contains documentation updates for various files,
+correcting typos found by Karl Berry. No version changes (only date
+changes) to those packages as the code is unchanged.
+******************
+
+2014-10-28 <frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * multicol.dtx: In \end{multicols*} only add vertical space if
+ not doing already doing \raggedcolumns and add \null to hide
+ the final fill if added so that it doesn't get removed again.
+
+2014-10-28 <frank.mittelb...@latex-project.org>
+ * afterpage.dtx, array.dtx, bm.dtx, calc.dtx, dcolumn.dtx,
+ delarray.dtx, enumerate.dtx, ftnright.dtx, hhline.dtx,
+ layout.dtx, longtable.dtx, multicol.dtx, showkeys.dtx, tabularx.dtx,
+ theorem.dtx, trace.dtx, varioref.dtx, verbatim.dtx, xspace.dtx
+
+ Fixed typos found by Karl Berry in documentation (no version
+ number change)
+
+2014-09-12 <frank.mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * multicol.dtx: change ragged columns to not just fill the
+ column but also back up by \maxdepth if they otherwise become
+ overfull as adding glue at the bottom means the column will
+ never have any depth and before they had. (pr/4395)
+
+ \maxdepth is applied to all column boxes. That was initially not
+ necessary as \splitmaxdepth was doing the trick. However, the
+ moment those boxes get reboxed this information is lost and
+ resulted in some subtle errors. (pr/4395)
+
+ Suppress even really bad overfull warnings while looping
+
+
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/00readme.txt
++++ /dev/null
+@@ -1,120 +0,0 @@
+-% \iffalse meta-comment
+-%
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
+-% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+-% in this file.
+-%
+-% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'.
+-% -------------------------------------------------------
+-%
+-% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
+-% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
+-% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+-% The latest version of this license is in
+-% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+-% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+-% version 2005/12/01 or later.
+-%
+-% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX `Tools Bundle' is
+-% given in the file `manifest.txt'.
+-%
+-% \fi
+-
+-README for the `tools' bundle (December 1999)
+-=============================
+-
+-This `bundle' consists of LaTeX2e packages written and supported by
+-members of the LaTeX3 Project Team.
+-
+-The documented source code of each package is in a file with extension
+-`.dtx'. Running LaTeX on the file tools.ins will produce all the
+-package files, and some associated files.
+-
+-So you should first process tools.ins:
+-
+- latex tools.ins
+-
+-The files with extensions `.sty' and `.tex' (including a file whose
+-name is just `.tex') should then be moved to a directory on LaTeX's
+-standard input path.
+-
+-See the Note at the end of this file if you have problems processing
+-the tools.ins file.
+-
+-Documentation for the individual packages may then be obtained by
+-running LaTeX on the `.dtx' files.
+-
+-For example:
+-
+- latex array.dtx
+-
+-will produce the file array.dvi, documenting the array package.
+-
+-
+-The file manifest.txt contains a list of the main files in the
+-distribution together with a one-or-two line summary of each package.
+-
+-
+-Copyright
+-=========
+-Copyright is maintained on each of these packages by the author(s)
+-of the package.
+-
+-
+-Distribution Conditions
+-=======================
+-
+-All the files in this bundle may be distributed under the conditions
+-of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.1 of this
+-license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of
+-this license is in
+- http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+-and version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+-version 1999/06/01 or later.
+-
+-The list of all files belonging to the `Tools Bundle' is
+-given in the file `manifest.txt'.
+-
+-Commercial users of the multicol package are asked to read the
+-notice at the head of the file multicol.dtx.
+-
+-The use of these files is otherwise unrestricted.
+-
+-
+-Reporting Bugs
+-==============
+-
+-If you wish to report a problem or bug in any of these packages, use
+-the latexbug.tex program that comes with the standard LaTeX
+-distribution. Please ensure that you enter `tools' category when
+-prompted with a menu of categories, so that the message will be
+-automatically forwarded to the appropriate part of our database.
+-
+-When reporting bugs, please produce a small test file that shows the
+-problem, and ensure that you are using the current version of the
+-package, and of the base LaTeX software.
+-
+-
+-NOTE (docstrip version)
+-=======================
+-
+-If latex tools.ins
+-produces the `docstrip interactive mode' prompt:
+-
+- * First type the extension of your input file(s): *
+- \infileext=
+-
+-Then your version of docstrip is too old.
+-Quit (eg by hitting `enter' to all questions) and get a newer
+-docstrip.tex. It must be at least version 2.4.
+-
+-A suitable docstrip.tex may be found from `CTAN' archives such as
+-ftp.dante.de tex-archive/macros/latex/unpacked/docstrip.tex
+-
+-Docstrip is part of the base LaTeX distribution, so if you have
+-an old docstrip then your LaTeX is out of date and you may consider
+-getting the whole of that directory and re-installing LaTeX.
+-However you need to fetch only the file docstrip.tex to unpack
+-this tools distribution with your existing format.
+-
+--- /dev/null
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/README
+@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
++% \iffalse meta-comment
++%
++% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
++% 2006 2008 2009
++% The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
++% in this file.
++%
++% This file is part of the Standard LaTeX `Tools Bundle'.
++% -------------------------------------------------------
++%
++% It may be distributed and/or modified under the
++% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3c
++% of this license or (at your option) any later version.
++% The latest version of this license is in
++% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
++% and version 1.3c or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
++% version 2005/12/01 or later.
++%
++% The list of all files belonging to the LaTeX `Tools Bundle' is
++% given in the file `manifest.txt'.
++%
++% \fi
++
++README for the `tools' bundle (December 1999)
++=============================
++
++This `bundle' consists of LaTeX2e packages written and supported by
++members of the LaTeX3 Project Team.
++
++The documented source code of each package is in a file with extension
++`.dtx'. Running LaTeX on the file tools.ins will produce all the
++package files, and some associated files.
++
++So you should first process tools.ins:
++
++ latex tools.ins
++
++The files with extensions `.sty' and `.tex' (including a file whose
++name is just `.tex') should then be moved to a directory on LaTeX's
++standard input path.
++
++See the Note at the end of this file if you have problems processing
++the tools.ins file.
++
++Documentation for the individual packages may then be obtained by
++running LaTeX on the `.dtx' files.
++
++For example:
++
++ latex array.dtx
++
++will produce the file array.dvi, documenting the array package.
++
++
++The file manifest.txt contains a list of the main files in the
++distribution together with a one-or-two line summary of each package.
++
++
++Copyright
++=========
++Copyright is maintained on each of these packages by the author(s)
++of the package.
++
++
++Distribution Conditions
++=======================
++
++All the files in this bundle may be distributed under the conditions
++of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.1 of this
++license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version of
++this license is in
++ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
++and version 1.1 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
++version 1999/06/01 or later.
++
++The list of all files belonging to the `Tools Bundle' is
++given in the file `manifest.txt'.
++
++Commercial users of the multicol package are asked to read the
++notice at the head of the file multicol.dtx.
++
++The use of these files is otherwise unrestricted.
++
++
++Reporting Bugs
++==============
++
++If you wish to report a problem or bug in any of these packages, use
++the latexbug.tex program that comes with the standard LaTeX
++distribution. Please ensure that you enter `tools' category when
++prompted with a menu of categories, so that the message will be
++automatically forwarded to the appropriate part of our database.
++
++When reporting bugs, please produce a small test file that shows the
++problem, and ensure that you are using the current version of the
++package, and of the base LaTeX software.
++
++
++NOTE (docstrip version)
++=======================
++
++If latex tools.ins
++produces the `docstrip interactive mode' prompt:
++
++ * First type the extension of your input file(s): *
++ \infileext=
++
++Then your version of docstrip is too old.
++Quit (eg by hitting `enter' to all questions) and get a newer
++docstrip.tex. It must be at least version 2.4.
++
++A suitable docstrip.tex may be found from `CTAN' archives such as
++ftp.dante.de tex-archive/macros/latex/unpacked/docstrip.tex
++
++Docstrip is part of the base LaTeX distribution, so if you have
++an old docstrip then your LaTeX is out of date and you may consider
++getting the whole of that directory and re-installing LaTeX.
++However you need to fetch only the file docstrip.tex to unpack
++this tools distribution with your existing format.
++
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/changes.txt
+@@ -5,6 +5,34 @@
+ are not part of the distribution.
+ =======================================================================
+
++2014-10-28 <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
++
++ * multicol.dtx: In \end{multicols*} only add vertical space if not
++ doing already doing \raggedcolumns and add \null to hide the final
++ fill if added so that it doesn't get removed again.
++
++2014-10-28 <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
++ * afterpage.dtx, array.dtx, bm.dtx, calc.dtx, dcolumn.dtx,
++ delarray.dtx, enumerate.dtx, ftnright.dtx, hhline.dtx, layout.dtx,
++ longtable.dtx, multicol.dtx, showkeys.dtx, tabularx.dtx,
++ theorem.dtx, trace.dtx, varioref.dtx, verbatim.dtx, xspace.dtx
++
++ Fixed typos found by Karl Berry in documentation (no version number change)
++
++2014-09-12 <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
++
++ * multicol.dtx: change ragged columns to not just fill the
++ column but also back up by \maxdepth if they otherwise become
++ overfull as adding glue at the bottom means the column will
++ never have any depth and before they had. (pr/4395)
++
++ \maxdepth is applied to all column boxes. That was initially not
++ necessary as \splitmaxdepth was doing the trick. However, the
++ moment those boxes get reboxed this information is lost and
++ resulted in some subtle errors. (pr/4395)
++
++ Suppress even really bad overfull warnings while looping
++
+ 2014-08-24 <Frank.Mittelbach@latex-project.org>
+
+ * multicol.dtx: set \prevdepth to 0pt (in the right place)
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/afterpage.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/afterpage.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
+ %
+ %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ %<package>\ProvidesPackage{afterpage}
+-%<package> [1995/10/27 v1.08 After-Page Package (DPC)]
++%<package> [2014/10/28 v1.08 After-Page Package (DPC)]
+ %
+ %<*driver>
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
+ % \CheckSum{269}
+ %
+ % This package implements a command, |\afterpage|, that causes the
+-% commands specified in its argument to be expanded after the curent
++% commands specified in its argument to be expanded after the current
+ % page is output.\footnote{This is really a pre-release, to see whether
+ % people like the idea of a command like this. This implementation is
+ % \emph{not} particularly robust. This implementation does not work in
+@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@
+ % use one of:\\
+ % |\afterpage{\clearpage\input{ltfile}}|\\
+ % |\afterpage{\clearpage\input{ltfile}\clearpage}|.\\
+-% The first form lets text apear on the same page as the end of the
++% The first form lets text appear on the same page as the end of the
+ % longtable, the second ensures that the surrounding text starts again
+ % on a new page.
+ % \end{enumerate}
+@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@
+ \par
+ \else
+ % \end{macrocode}
+-% The remaining (even worse) possibility that the ouput routine
++% The remaining (even worse) possibility that the output routine
+ % was triggered by the start of displaymath within a paragraph.
+ %
+ % Come out of displaymath with |$$|, then adjust the spacing (getting
+@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\addboxcontents#1{{%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+-% Perhaps I shouldnt use grouping here, as I probably don't really want
++% Perhaps I shouldn't use grouping here, as I probably don't really want
+ % to save |#1|. If it is removed, |\splittopskip| and |\splitmaxdepth|
+ % would need to be restored by hand.
+ %
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/array.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/array.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1998 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+ %<+package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
+ %<+package>\ProvidesPackage{array}
+-%<+package> [2008/09/09 v2.4c Tabular extension package (FMi)]
++%<+package> [2014/10/28 v2.4c Tabular extension package (FMi)]
+ %
+ % \fi
+ %
+@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.9f}{1988/05/20}{Small changes finally carried out:
+ % 1) `par!=`@empty.
+ % 2) \{..ifnum0!=!`\}... $\to$ `bgroup and
+-% analoguously `egroup.}
++% analogously `egroup.}
+ % \changes{v1.9g}{1988/02/24}{Inserted again \{..ifnum0!=!`\}..,
+ % c.f. Appendix D of the \protect\TeX{}book.}
+ % \changes{v1.9h}{1988/06/28}{No longer necessary to read in the file
+@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@
+ % \end{enumerate}
+ % \texttt{array.sty} implements the second possibility while the
+ % default implementation in the \LaTeX{} kernel implements the first
+-% concept. Both concepts have their merrits but one has to be aware of
++% concept. Both concepts have their merits but one has to be aware of
+ % the individual implications.
+ % \begin{itemize}
+ % \item
+@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@
+ % \texttt{latex.tex},
+ % which is the reason why the following three lines of code are
+ % commented out.
+-% Later throughout the text I will not mention it again explicitely
++% Later throughout the text I will not mention it again explicitly
+ % whenever I use a =%= sign. These parts are already defined in
+ % \texttt{latex.tex}.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@
+ % \texttt{r}, \texttt{p}, \texttt{m} or \texttt{b} in the user
+ % preamble? In this case we have the problem of the \textsf{token}
+ % register from =>{..}= and =<{..}= having to be inserted at this
+-% moment because formating instructions like =\hfil= have to be set
++% moment because formatting instructions like =\hfil= have to be set
+ % around them. On the other hand it is not known yet, if any =<{..}=
+ % instruction will appear in the user preamble at all.
+ %
+@@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@
+ \prepnext@tok
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Now the preamble must be extended with the column whose format
+-% can be determinated by =\@chnum=.
++% can be determined by =\@chnum=.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \@addtopreamble{\ifcase \@chnum
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -1763,7 +1763,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % The argument is the width of the box. This information has to be
+ % assigned to =\hsize=.
+-% Then we assain default values to several parameters used in a
++% Then we assign default values to several parameters used in a
+ % \textsf{parbox}.
+ % \changes{v2.3k}{1998/05/12}{Use \cs{setlength} to set \cs{hsize},
+ % so that the calc package can be applied here (pr/2793)}
+@@ -1873,7 +1873,7 @@
+ % not surface because there =\protect= is set (which is not necessary in this
+ % implementation as there is no arbitrary user input that can get expanded) and
+ % the experimental code made the redefinition robust. Whether this is the right
+-% approach is open to question; consider the =\noexpand= a curtesy to allow an
++% approach is open to question; consider the =\noexpand= a courtesy to allow an
+ % unsupported redefinition of a \TeX{} primitive for the moment (as people rely
+ % on that experimental code).
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\tabular{\gdef\@halignto{}\@tabular}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+-% and analoguesly for the star form. We evalute the argument first
++% and analogously for the star form. We evaluate the argument first
+ % using =\setlength= so that users of the \texttt{calc} package can
+ % write code like\\ =\begin{tabular*}{(\columnwidth-1cm)/2}...=
+ % \changes{v2.3l}{1998/05/13}{Use \cs{setlength} evaluate arg
+@@ -2352,7 +2352,7 @@
+ {\PackageWarning{array}{Column \NC@char\space is already defined}}%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Now we define a macro with an argument delimited by the new column
+-% specifier, this is used to find occurences of this specifier in the
++% specifier, this is used to find occurrences of this specifier in the
+ % user preamble.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \@namedef{NC@find@\NC@char}##1#1{\NC@{##1}}%
+@@ -2378,7 +2378,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % \end{macro}
+ % \begin{macro}{\NC@}
+-% Having found an occurence of the new column, save the preamble
++% Having found an occurrence of the new column, save the preamble
+ % before the column in "\@temptokena", then check to see if we
+ % are at the end of the preamble. (A dummy occurrence of the column
+ % specifier will be placed at the end of the preamble by "\NC@do".
+@@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@
+ % definition of "\NC@rewrite@C". Actually as the the list always
+ % starts off with "\NC@do *" and we do not want to print the
+ % definition of the $*$-form, define "\NC@do" to throw away the first
+-% item in the list, and then redefine itsef to print the rest of the
++% item in the list, and then redefine itself to print the rest of the
+ % definitions.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\showcols{{\def\NC@do##1{\let\NC@do\NC@show}\the\NC@list}}
+@@ -2692,7 +2692,7 @@
+ % \texttt{\textbackslash lasthline}}
+ %
+ % The Companion~\cite[p.137]{bk:GMS94} suggests two additional
+-% commands to control the allignments in case of tabulars with
++% commands to control the alignments in case of tabulars with
+ % horizontal lines. They are now added to this package.
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\extratabsurround}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/bm.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/bm.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
+ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{bm.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{bm.dtx}
+- [2004/02/26 v1.1c Bold Symbol Support (DPC/FMi)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.1c Bold Symbol Support (DPC/FMi)]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
+ % bold weights, then you would declare this to \LaTeX\ via:\\
+ % |\DeclareSymbolFont{extras} {OMS}{xyz}{m}{n}|\\
+ % |\SetSymbolFont{extras}{bold}{OMS}{xyz}{bx}{n}|\\
+-% At this point the symbols wil be available in the normal math
++% At this point the symbols will be available in the normal math
+ % version, and their bold variants in |\boldmath|. If you also
+ % declare:\\
+ % |\DeclareSymbolFont{boldextras}{OMS}{xyz}{bx}{n}|\\
+@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
+ % for instance, for a relation, |\bm{\mathrel{\cmd}}|.
+ %
+ % \subsection{AMS package \textsf{amsbsy}}
+-% The |\bm| command shares some functionailty with the |\boldsymbol|
++% The |\bm| command shares some functionality with the |\boldsymbol|
+ % command from the AMS \LaTeX\ collection. To aid in moving documents
+ % between these two packages, this package defines |\boldsymbol| and
+ % |\heavysymbol| as alternative names for |\bm| and |\hm|.
+@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
+ % To save declaring too many symbol fonts, do not auto-declare
+ % any more than |\bmmax| bold symbol fonts into the normal math
+ % version. Any bold fonts not so allocated will be accessed via
+-% |\boldmath| which is slower and doesnt work for delimiters
++% |\boldmath| which is slower and doesn't work for delimiters
+ % and accents. It may be set in the preamble with |\newcommand|
+ % but use |\chardef| here for a slight efficiency gain.
+ %
+@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@
+ % \changes{v0.07}{1996/12/14}
+ % {Combine all register macros}
+ % |\mkern| itself would transfer to |\bm@command| without any special
+-% test, but any explict dimension following would be converted to
++% test, but any explicit dimension following would be converted to
+ % |\mathchar|. So trap this and grab the muskip as a muskip.
+ % This is used in |\iiint|. |\penalty| was needed for the
+ % AMS version of |\colon|, and so do most of the others as well.
+@@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@
+ %
+ % It would be possible to locally make mathaccents take an argument
+ % during the bm look-ahead, so the brace groups would then vanish
+-% during expansion, however I would then need to explitly skip past
++% during expansion, however I would then need to explicitly skip past
+ % \meta{filler} and also make sure that the end of parse token
+ % was not gobbled in marginal cases like |$\bm\hat$|.
+ %
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/calc.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/calc.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
+ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{calc.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{calc.dtx}
+- [2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)]
++ [2014/10/28 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@
+ % These do not need any particular definition when they are scanned
+ % so, for efficiency and robustness, we make them all equivalent to
+ % the same harmless (I hope) unexpandable command.\footnote{If this
+-% level of safety is not needed then the code can be speeded up:
++% level of safety is not needed then the code can be sped up:
+ % CAR.} Thus the test in |\@calc@pre@scan| finds any of them.
+ %
+ % As we have to check for these commands explicitly we must ensure
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/dcolumn.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/dcolumn.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
+ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{dcolumn.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{dcolumn.dtx}
+- [2001/05/28 v1.06 decimal alignment package (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.06 decimal alignment package (DPC)]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
+ % \item The separator is not given its special definition by making it
+ % active, as this would not work for an entry such as "& .5 &", as the
+ % first token of an alignment entry is read {\em before\/} the preamble
+-% part, incase it is an "\omit", in which case the preamble is to be
++% part, in case it is an "\omit", in which case the preamble is to be
+ % omitted. Instead we switch the mathcode to (hex) 8000, which makes the
+ % token act as if it were active.
+ % \item Although \verb|\mathcode`.="8000| makes {\tt.} act as if it
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/delarray.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/delarray.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
+ %
+ %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ %<package>\ProvidesPackage{delarray}
+-%<package> [1994/03/14 v1.01 array delimiter package (DPC)]
++%<package> [2014/10/28 v1.01 array delimiter package (DPC)]
+ %
+ %<*driver>
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % The following line is completely redundant but it does catch errors
+ % involving delimiters before the processing of the alignment begins.
+-% A common error is likely to be omiting the `.' in a
++% A common error is likely to be omitting the `.' in a
+ % |\cases|-type construction. This causes the first token of the
+ % alignment to be gobbled, possibly causing lots of spurious errors
+ % before the cause of the error, the missing delimiter, is discovered as
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/enumerate.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/enumerate.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
+ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{enumerate.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{enumerate.dtx}
+- [1999/03/05 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
+ % This package gives the enumerate environment an optional argument
+ % which determines the style in which the counter is printed.
+ %
+-% An occurence of one of the tokens |A a I i| or |1| produces the value
++% An occurrence of one of the tokens |A a I i| or |1| produces the value
+ % of the counter printed with (respectively) |\Alph \alph \Roman \roman|
+ % or |\arabic|.
+ %
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/ftnright.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/ftnright.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009 2010
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-2004 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+ %<+package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
+ %<+package>\ProvidesPackage{ftnright}
+-%<+package> [2010/02/25 v1.1f footnote layout package (FMi)]
++%<+package> [2014/10/28 v1.1f footnote layout package (FMi)]
+ %
+ % \fi
+ %%
+@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
+ % \bibitem{src:ltxiii94}
+ % \LaTeX3 project.
+ % \newblock \LaTeXe distribution, 1994.
+-% \newblock Souces for {\LaTeXe} the successor to \LaTeX~2.09.
++% \newblock Sources for {\LaTeXe} the successor to \LaTeX~2.09.
+ %
+ % \bibitem{art:FMi89b}
+ % Frank Mittelbach
+@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@
+ \global\@firstcolumnfalse
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % After changing the switch, we save the first column (which was
+-% placed by preceeding macros in |\@outputbox|) in the box register
++% placed by preceding macros in |\@outputbox|) in the box register
+ % |\@leftcolumn|. Since we are inside the output routine, all those
+ % assignments have to be |\global| to take any effect.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
+ %
+ % If we have just finished the right column, i.e., when
+ % |\if@firstcolumn| equals |\iffalse|, we will reset the |\footins|
+-% parameters as explained above using the utitlity macro
++% parameters as explained above using the utility macro
+ % |\preparefootins|.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \else \preparefootins
+@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % We then reduce the |\@colht| by this amount and again assign
+ % |\@colroom| the value of |\@colht|. If no footnotes are present,
+-% we substract zero, so there is no harm in doing this operation
++% we subtract zero, so there is no harm in doing this operation
+ % all the time.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\advance\@colht-\ftn@amount
+@@ -774,7 +774,7 @@
+ \setbox\@outputbox\box\@cclv
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+-% But if the user errously forgot to specify a twocolumn layout, we
++% But if the user erroneously forgot to specify a twocolumn layout, we
+ % will always typeset the first column, so that the footnotes are
+ % never printed. Therefore we better check for this special case
+ % and output the footnotes on a separate page in an
+@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@
+ % package.\footnote{This decision is certainly open to criticism,
+ % since there is nothing to separate. On the other hand, a rule or
+ % some other ornament in front of the footnotes is part of the
+-% design which should be used concistently throughout a document.
++% design which should be used consistently throughout a document.
+ % As a last argument in favor of the rule, consider the situation
+ % where \LaTeX{} decided to place only floats and footnotes into
+ % the right hand column. In this case a separator again seems
+@@ -882,7 +882,7 @@
+ % shorter, only a cosmetic change. The use of this hardwired {\sf
+ % dimen} register seems to indicate that this part of \LaTeX{} was
+ % written very early and left unchanged since then: an interesting
+-% fact for software archeologists.}\footnote{For the \LaTeXe{}
++% fact for software archaeologists.}\footnote{For the \LaTeXe{}
+ % upgrade I had to add the support for the
+ % {\tt\string\enlargethispage} command---let's hope I did it in the
+ % correct way.}
+@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\footnoterule}
+ % Setting footnotes in smaller type and separating them with
+-% sufficiant space from the main text allow us to omit the
++% sufficient space from the main text allow us to omit the
+ % |\footnoterule| normally used.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \let\footnoterule\@empty
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/hhline.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/hhline.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
+ %
+ %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ %<package>\ProvidesPackage{hhline}
+-%<package> [1994/05/23 v2.03 Table rule package (DPC)]
++%<package> [2014/10/28 v2.03 Table rule package (DPC)]
+ %
+ %<*driver>
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@
+ % \]
+ % If a double vline is specified ("||" or "::") then the hlines
+ % produced by "\hhline" are broken. To obtain the effect of an hline
+-% `cutting through'the double vline, use a "#" or omit the vline
++% `cutting through' the double vline, use a "#" or omit the vline
+ % specifiers, depending on whether or not you wish the double vline to
+ % break.
+ %
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/layout.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/layout.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
+ %<+package>\ProvidesPackage{layout}
+ %<+driver>\ProvidesFile{layout.drv}
+ %\ProvidesFile{layout.dtx}
+- [2000/09/25 v1.2c Show layout parameters]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.2c Show layout parameters]
+ %
+ % A short driver is provided that can be extracted if necessary by
+ % the \textsf{DocStrip} program provided with \LaTeXe.
+@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@
+ \advance\PositionY by \ref@body
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+-% The x-psition of the arrow is at $4/5$ of the width of the `body
++% The x-position of the arrow is at $4/5$ of the width of the `body
+ % box'.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \PositionX = \cnt@textwidth
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/longtable.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/longtable.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
+ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{longtable.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{longtable.dtx}
+- [2004/02/01 v4.11 Multi-page Table package (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v4.11 Multi-page Table package (DPC)]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@
+ %
+ % \changes{v3.01}{1992/04/06}
+ % {(Michel Goossens) If a chunk ends on a line in which the first
+-% entry is empty, wierd errors occur. Added special begin and end
++% entry is empty, weird errors occur. Added special begin and end
+ % groups, (\cs{ifnum}0 ) stuff as explained in Appendix D.}
+ %
+ % \changes{v3.02}{1992/04/09}
+@@ -500,11 +500,11 @@
+ % accordingly. If this has to propagate to chunks before the
+ % "\multicolumn" one, an additional pass will, of course, be
+ % needed. It is possible to construct tables where this rippling up of
+-% the correct widths taks several passes to `converge' and produce a
++% the correct widths takes several passes to `converge' and produce a
+ % table with all chunks aligned. However in
+ % order to need many passes one needs to construct a table with
+ % many overlapping "\multicolumn" entries, all being wider than the
+-% natural widths of the columns they span, and all occuring in
++% natural widths of the columns they span, and all occurring in
+ % different chunks. In the typical case the algorithm will converge
+ % after three or four passes, and, the benefits of not needing to edit
+ % the document before the final run to add "\setlongtables", and the
+@@ -854,7 +854,7 @@
+ \ProcessOptions
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+-% \subsection{User Setable Parameters}
++% \subsection{User Settable Parameters}
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\LTleft}
+ % \begin{macro}{\LTright}
+@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@
+ % {(Mike Van Geest) rename \cs{LT@mc} to
+ % \cs{LT@mcol} to allow 1100 tables}
+ % \changes{v4.01}{1996/04/11}
+-% {(DPC) dont need multicolumn warning}
++% {(DPC) don't need multicolumn warning}
+ %\begin{verbatim}
+ % \global\let\LT@mcw@rn\relax
+ %\end{verbatim}
+@@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@
+ % \end{macro}
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\LT@xtabularcr}
+-% This justs looks for an optional argument.
++% This just looks for an optional argument.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\LT@xtabularcr{%
+ \@ifnextchar[\LT@argtabularcr\LT@ntabularcr}
+@@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@
+ %
+ % Previous releases left the "\lineskip" glue at the end of each chunk
+ % that had been added when the dummy row was added. There was no glue
+-% at the start of the next chunk as \TeX\ normally dooes not put
++% at the start of the next chunk as \TeX\ normally does not put
+ % "\lineskip" glue at the top of a box. This meant that normally the
+ % chunks fitted together perfectly, however "\noalign" material at a
+ % chunk boundary came before the first row of the next chunk
+@@ -1647,7 +1647,7 @@
+ % \changes{v4.00}{1996/04/08}
+ % {(DK) Macro added}
+ % \changes{v4.01}{1996/04/11}
+-% {(DPC) Dont mess with \cs{multicolumn} on draft passes}
++% {(DPC) Don't mess with \cs{multicolumn} on draft passes}
+ % Create a blank row if we are not using the info in the ".aux" file.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\LT@blank@row{%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/multicol.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/multicol.dtx
+@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
+ %% - multicol is used for non-commercial purposes
+ %%
+ %%
+-%% Determinating a license fee might result in a license fee of zero
++%% Determining a license fee might result in a license fee of zero
+ %% (i.e., no payment) in case a producer has determined that the use
+ %% of multicol has no enhancing effect on the product. This is a
+ %% plausible scenario, i.e., in the above two cases the producer is
+@@ -91,10 +91,10 @@
+ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{multicol.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{multicol.dtx}
+- [2014/08/24 v1.8g multicolumn formatting (FMi)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.8i multicolumn formatting (FMi)]
+ %
+ %
+-%% \CheckSum{1840}
++%% \CheckSum{1853}
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
+ % over to next page.
+ %
+ % Also added was support for |\enlargethispage|. This means it is
+-% now possible to request a page to be artifically enlarged or
++% now possible to request a page to be artificially enlarged or
+ % shortened. Note that if you enlarge pages by more than one line
+ % you may have to increase the {\sf collectmore} counter value to
+ % ensure that enough material is being picked up.
+@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
+ % \begin{multicols}{3}
+ % Right-to-left typesetting will only reverse the column orders. Any
+ % other support needed will have to be provided by other means,
+-% e.g., using apprpriate fonts and reversing the writing directions
++% e.g., using appropriate fonts and reversing the writing directions
+ % within the columns. As footnotes are typeset in full measure the
+ % footnote rule needs to be redefined as if they are below a single
+ % column, i.e., using |\textwidth| not |\columnwidth|. For example:
+@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@
+ % been added to the balancing routine. The balancing routine now
+ % checks the badness
+ % of the resulting columns and rejects solutions that are larger
+-% than a certain treshold.
++% than a certain threshold.
+ % At the same time \mc{} has been upgraded to run under \LaTeXe{}.
+ %
+ % Later changes to 1.5 include |\columnbreak| and |multicols*|.
+@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@
+ % inside `multicols' environment!}
+ %
+ % This message appears if you try to use the |\marginpar| command or
+-% an unstared version of the {\sf figure} or {\sf table} environment.
++% an unstarred version of the {\sf figure} or {\sf table} environment.
+ % Such floats will disappear!
+ %
+ % \item[] {\hspace*{-\labelsep}\tt Very deep columns!
+@@ -938,7 +938,7 @@
+ %<*package>
+ % \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ % \ProvidesPackage{multicol}[..../../..
+-% v... multicolum formatting]
++% v... multicolumn formatting]
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+ %^^A \subsection{Option processing}
+@@ -1451,7 +1451,7 @@
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \advance\@colroom-\ht\partial@page
+ % \end{macrocode}
+-% Then we have to calulate the |\vsize| value to use during column
++% Then we have to calculate the |\vsize| value to use during column
+ % assembly. |\set@mult@vsize| takes an argument which allows to
+ % make the setting local (|\relax|) or global (|\global|). The
+ % latter variant is used inside the output routine below. At this
+@@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@
+ % has the disadvantage that the resulting
+ % program cannot be called \TeX{} thereafter.}
+ % this simple trick saved us from rewriting the |\footnote|
+-% macros. However, some applications refered to |\columnwidth| as
++% macros. However, some applications referred to |\columnwidth| as
+ % the ``width of the current column'' to typeset displays
+ % (the \texttt{amsmath} package, for example) and to allow the use
+ % of such applications together with \texttt{multicol} this is now
+@@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % If there was a |\columnbreak| on the very last line all material
+ % will have been moved to the |\colbreak@box|. Thus the the galley
+-% will be ampty and no output routine gets called so that the text
++% will be empty and no output routine gets called so that the text
+ % is lost. To avoid this problem (though unlikely) we check if the
+ % current galley is empty and the |\colbreak@box| contains text and
+ % if so return that to the galley. If the galley is non-empty any
+@@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@
+ % case that the |\eject| will have no effect (since the main
+ % vertical list is empty)---thus no output routine is called at
+ % all. As a result the material preceding the \mc{} (stored in
+-% |\partial@page| will get lost if we don't take of this by hand.
++% |\partial@page| will get lost if we don't put this back by hand.
+ % \changes{v1.4m}{1992/09/04}{Check \cs{partial@page} being emptied}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifvbox\partial@page
+@@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@
+ % which can happen if there is a break point just before it (such
+ % as end ending environment) which was chosen. In that case we
+ % would do the next page using the internal |\vsize| for multicol
+-% collection which is a desaster. So we better catch this
++% collection which is a disaster. So we better catch this
+ % case. Fortunately we can detect it by looking at |\pagegoal|.
+ % \changes{v1.5x}{2000/05/05}{Detect and fix problem if a multicols
+ % ends at the top of a page}
+@@ -1843,6 +1843,19 @@
+ \fi
+ \addvspace\multicolsep
+ % \end{macrocode}
++% There is one more thing to do: the balanced result of the
++% environment is supposed to have a |\prevdepth| of zero as we
++% backed up by its real prevdepth within |\page@sofar|. However if
++% the balancing happened in the output routine then \TeX{} reverts
++% to the |\prevdepth| that was current before the OR once the OR has
++% finished. In short |\prevdepth| is something you can't set
++% globally it is alway local to the current list being built. Thus
++% we need to set it back to zero here to avoid incorrect spacing.
++% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Set \cs{prevdepdth} for current vlist
++% when returning from multicols environment}
++% \begin{macrocode}
++ \prevdepth\z@
++% \end{macrocode}
+ % If statistics are required we finally report that we have
+ % finished everything.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -2051,16 +2064,21 @@
+ % The depths of the columns depend on their last lines. To ensure
+ % that we will always get a similar look as far as the rules are
+ % concerned we force the depth to be at least the depth of a
+-% letter~`p' (which is what we initialized |\dimen2| to above).
++% letter~`p' (which is what we set |\dimen2| to above).
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \rlap{\phantom p}%
+ }%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % The processed material might consist of a last line with a
+-% decender in which case the |\prevdepth| will be
++% descender in which case the |\prevdepth| will be
+ % non-zero. However, this material is getting reformatted now so
+ % that this value is likely to be wrong. We therefore normalize the
+-% situation by pretending that the depth is zero.
++% situation by pretending that the depth is zero. However, if |\page@sofar|
++% is being called inside the OR then setting |\prevdepth| here has
++% no longlasting effect, we therefore have to repeat this once we
++% return to the main vertical list. Here we set it only for those
++% cases where the command is used within a list and then followed by
++% something else.
+ % \changes{v1.8g}{2014/08/24}{Resetting \cs{prevdepth} in the right place}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \prevdepth\z@
+@@ -2118,6 +2136,23 @@
+ % \end{macro}
+ %
+ %
++% \begin{macro}{\vfillmaxdepth}
++% This curious definition is used as the space at the bottom of a
++% column if we implement |\raggedcolumns|. Normlly one only appends
++% |\vfill| in that case but this is actually wrong for columns that
++% are more or less full: by adding a glue at the bottom such a
++% column doesn't have any depth any more but without it the material
++% would be allowed a depth of |\maxdepth|. So we allow shrinking by
++% that amount. This only makes a difference if the box would
++% otherwise become overfull and shrinking never exceeds the
++% specified value, so we should be fine.
++% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Macro added (pr/4395)}
++% \begin{macrocode}
++\def\vfillmaxdepth{\vskip \z@ \@plus 1fill \@minus \maxdepth}
++% \end{macrocode}
++% \end{macro}
++%
++%
+ % \begin{macro}{\multi@column@out}
+ % Now we can't postpone the difficulties any longer. The
+ % |\multi@column@out| routine will be called in two situations.
+@@ -2229,18 +2264,20 @@
+ % this was wrong and unboxing is always needed.}
+ % \changes{v1.8b}{2013/08/28}{Remove discardable items at the
+ % end of split boxes}
++% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Use \cs{vfillmaxdepth}}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \setbox\count@
+ \vbox to\dimen@
+ {\unvbox\count@
+ \remove@discardable@items
+- \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi}%
++ \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi}%
+ }%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Then the last column follows.
+ % \changes{v1.5a}{1992/11/04}{New box mechanism}
+ % \changes{v1.8b}{2013/08/28}{Remove discardable items at the
+ % end of split boxes}
++% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Use \cs{vfillmaxdepth}}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \setbox\mult@rightbox
+ \vsplit\@cclv to\dimen@
+@@ -2248,7 +2285,7 @@
+ \setbox\mult@rightbox\vbox to\dimen@
+ {\unvbox\mult@rightbox
+ \remove@discardable@items
+- \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi}%
++ \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi}%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Now that we are done with the boxes, we restored the current
+ % setting for shrinking in case it got changed:
+@@ -2258,7 +2295,7 @@
+ % Having done this we hope that box 255 is emptied. If not, we
+ % reinsert its contents.
+ % \changes{v1.8a}{2011/12/20}{Only re-add output penalty if it was
+-% explictly set}
++% explicitly set}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifvoid\@cclv \else
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+@@ -2360,7 +2397,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % After the page is shipped out we have to prepare the kept marks
+ % for the following page. |\kept@firstmark| and |\kept@botmark|
+-% reinitilized by setting them to |\@empty|. The value of
++% reinitialized by setting them to |\@empty|. The value of
+ % |\botmark| is then assigned to |\kept@topmark|.
+ % \changes{v1.4g}{1992/06/03}{Only change \cs{kept@topmark} if
+ % \cs{kept@botmark} non-empty}
+@@ -2378,7 +2415,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Now we reset |\@colroom| to |\@colht| which is \LaTeX's
+ % saved value of |\textheight|.
+-% We also ahve to reset the recorded position of the last
++% We also have to reset the recorded position of the last
+ % |\marginpar| as we are now on a new page.
+ % \changes{v1.8d}{2014/04/23}{Reset \cs{@mparbottom} after page finishes}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -2699,7 +2736,7 @@
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \get@keptmarks\mult@box
+ % \end{macrocode}
+-% We then contine by resetting trying to remove any discardable
++% We then continue by resetting trying to remove any discardable
+ % stuff at the end of |\mult@box|. This is rather experimental. We
+ % also add a forced break point at the very beginning, so that we
+ % can split the box to height zero later on, thereby adding a known
+@@ -2723,6 +2760,16 @@
+ \@minus\multicolovershoot
+ \splitmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ % \end{macrocode}
++% We also have to set |\boxmaxdepth| which normally allows to
++% build boxes with arbitrary depth, but as we are building text
++% columns we really want to restrict the depth. This is necessary as
++% we sometimes rebox the boxes generated by |\vsplit| and then the
++% restriction posed by |\splitmaxdepth| gets lost.
++% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{All column boxes should obey
++% \cs{maxdepth} (pr/4395)}
++% \begin{macrocode}
++ \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
++% \end{macrocode}
+ % The next step is a bit tricky: when \TeX{} assembles material in
+ % a box, the first line isn't preceded by interline glue, i.e.
+ % there is no parameter like |\boxtopskip| in \TeX{}. This means
+@@ -2812,9 +2859,10 @@
+ \vbadness\@M
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % We also allow for overfull boxes while we trying to split the
+-% columns.
++% columns. They can easily happen if we have objects with unusual depth.
++% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Do not report overfull}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+- \vfuzz \col@number\baselineskip
++ \vfuzz \maxdimen
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % The variable |\last@try| will hold the dimension used in the
+ % previous trial splitting. We initialize it with a negative value.
+@@ -2899,7 +2947,8 @@
+ }}%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % There is one subtle point here: while all other constructed boxes
+-% have a depth that is determined by |\splitmaxdepth| the last box
++% have a depth that is determined by |\splitmaxdepth| and/or
++% |\boxmaxdepth| the last box
+ % will get a natural depth disregarding the original setting and
+ % the value of |\splitmaxdepth| or |\boxmaxdepth|. This means that
+ % we may end up with a very large depth in box |\mult@grightbox|
+@@ -2907,7 +2956,6 @@
+ % make the result of the testing incorrect. So we change the value
+ % by unboxing the box into itself.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+- \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \global\setbox\mult@grightbox
+ \vbox{\unvbox\mult@grightbox}%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -2991,7 +3039,7 @@
+ % If the height of the last box is too large we mark this trial as
+ % unsuccessful.
+ % \changes{v1.5v}{1999/07/18}{Added tracing statements for
+-% trial unsuccesful}
++% trial unsuccessful}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ %<*badness>
+ \too@badtrue
+@@ -3038,11 +3086,12 @@
+ % We then compare this badness with the allowed badness for the final
+ % column. If it does not exceed this value we use the box, otherwise
+ % we rebox it once more and add some glue at the bottom.
++% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Use \cs{vfillmaxdepth}}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum\badness>\c@finalcolumnbadness
+ \global\setbox\mult@grightbox
+ \vbox to\dimen@
+- {\unvbox\mult@grightbox\vfill}%
++ {\unvbox\mult@grightbox\vfillmaxdepth}%
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\@ne
+ \message{ setting natural
+ (> \the\c@finalcolumnbadness)}%
+@@ -3066,7 +3115,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % If the natural height of the first box is smaller than the
+ % current trial size but is larger than the previous trial size it
+-% is likely that we have missed a potientially better
++% is likely that we have missed a potentially better
+ % solution. (This could have happened if for some reason our first
+ % trial size was too high.) In that case we dismiss this trial and
+ % restart using the natural height for the next trial.
+@@ -3096,7 +3145,7 @@
+ % At that point |\dimen@| holds the height that was determined by
+ % the balancing loop.
+ % If that height for the columns turns out to be larger
+-% than the available space (which is |\@colroom|) we sqeeze the
++% than the available space (which is |\@colroom|) we squeeze the
+ % columns into the space assuming that they will have enough
+ % shrinkability to allow this.\footnote{This might be wrong, since
+ % the shrinkability that accounts for the amount of material might
+@@ -3139,12 +3188,13 @@
+ {%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
++% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Use \cs{vfillmaxdepth}}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \vskip \z@
+ \@plus-\multicolundershoot
+ \@minus-\multicolovershoot
+ \unvbox\@tempcnta
+- \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi
++ \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi
+ }%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % If the resulting box is overfull there was too much material to
+@@ -3280,7 +3330,7 @@
+ \@largefloatcheck
+ \outer@nobreak
+ % \end{macrocode}
+-% This is cheap (defering the floats until after the current page)
++% This is cheap (deferring the floats until after the current page)
+ % but any other solution would go deep into \LaTeX's output
+ % routine and I don't like to work on it until I know which parts
+ % of the output routine have to be reimplemented anyway for
+@@ -3510,7 +3560,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\remove@discardable@items}
+ % There are situations when we may have some space at the end of a
+ % column and this macro here will attempt to get rid of it. This
+-% will not remove an extremly long sequence of spaces and
++% will not remove an extremely long sequence of spaces and
+ % penalties, but in nearly all cases this will be enough.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\remove@discardable@items{%
+@@ -3609,7 +3659,7 @@
+ % definition.
+ %
+ % Starting with version v1.5r this is now done in a way that the original
+-% definition is still used, execpt that locally |\columnwidth| is set to
++% definition is still used, except that locally |\columnwidth| is set to
+ % |\textwidth|.
+ %
+ % This solves two problems: first redefinitions of |\@footnotetext|
+@@ -3667,10 +3717,19 @@
+ % When ending the environment we simply end the inner
+ % \texttt{multicols} environment, except that we better also stick
+ % in some stretchable vertical glue so that the last column still
+-% containing text is not vertically stretched out.
++% containing text is not vertically stretched out. The final |\null| hides this space
++% so that it doesn't get removed again when the columns are assembled.
++% However, we only do this if we aren't already doing |\raggedcolumns|
++% because it would be a mistake to add such glue twice. After all it contains
++% a minus component of |\maxdepth| and that would then be applied twice!
+ % \changes{v1.5q}{1998/01/19}{Macro added}
+-% \begin{macrocode}
+- \@namedef{endmulticols*}{\vfill
++% \changes{v1.8h}{2014/09/12}{Use \cs{vfillmaxdepth}}
++% \changes{v1.8i}{2014/10/28}{Add \cs{null} to hide the final fill and only add
++% vertical space if not doing \cs{raggedcolumns}}
++% \begin{macrocode}
++ \@namedef{endmulticols*}{\ifshr@nking\else
++ \vfillmaxdepth\nointerlineskip\null
++ \fi
+ \end{multicols}}
+ %</nobalance>
+ % \end{macrocode}
+@@ -4013,7 +4072,7 @@
+ %\mc@set@col@status{lcol-4}{0}
+ %\end{verbatim}
+ % The \verb=\mc@col@status= line denotes the column type and has been
+-% writting out just before corresponding the column box was placed
++% written out just before corresponding the column box was placed
+ % onto the page.
+ % The\verb=\mc@set@col@status= lines have been written out as part
+ % of shipping the column boxes out, e.g.,
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/showkeys.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/showkeys.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009 2011
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
+ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{showkeys.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{showkeys.dtx}
+- [2014/04/24 v3.17 Show cite and label keys (DPC, MH)]
++ [2014/10/28 v3.17 Show cite and label keys (DPC, MH)]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@
+ %
+ % The package accepts two further options.
+ % \begin{description}
+-% \item[final] to supress the action of this package, for `final'
++% \item[final] to suporess the action of this package, for `final'
+ % versions.
+ % \item[draft] the normal behaviour of this package.
+ % \end{description}
+@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
+ % Displayed math (without |equation| counter).
+ % \[0=0\label{disp}\]
+ %
+-% Some text refering to the maths on page~\pageref{disp}, and the
++% Some text referring to the maths on page~\pageref{disp}, and the
+ % item~\ref{e^1}.\footnotetext{Actually \texttt{\string\marginpar} is
+ % not used at all in this package now.}
+ %
+@@ -234,10 +234,10 @@
+ % \bibitem{GN:sl}
+ % Gil Neiger, \emph{showlabels.sty},
+ % Undated package, similar to this one, but shows labels
+-% inline, affecting the formating of the document.
++% inline, affecting the formatting of the document.
+ %
+ % \bibitem{anon:sk}
+-% Annonymous, \emph{showkeys.sty},
++% Anonymous, \emph{showkeys.sty},
+ % Package, dated 14 May 1988. Very similar to this one,
+ % also uses |\marginpar| in outer vertical mode.
+ %
+@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+ %
+-% First we handle the options. Normally all related comands are
++% First we handle the options. Normally all related commands are
+ % defined to show their `keys'. But since v3.03 one can specify:
+ %
+ % \texttt{notref} to stop the redefinition of |\ref| (and |\pageref|,
+@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@
+ % \changes{v3.15}{2007/08/07}
+ % {Fix \cs{showkeyslabelformat} for final option PR/3918.}
+ % Allow |final| to be specified in the document class options
+-% to supress the loading of this package.
++% to suppress the loading of this package.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareOption{final}{%
+ \providecommand*\showkeyslabelformat[1]{}%
+@@ -408,7 +408,7 @@
+ % If the |\label| is straight after |\item| (|\bibitem| is handled by
+ % this case as well) then the item label has not been added to the page
+ % yet. It is hanging around in the box |\@labels| waiting for the
+-% paragraph to start. So just need to attatch the label to this box.
++% paragraph to start. So just need to attach the label to this box.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \global\setbox\@labels\hbox{%
+ \llap{\SK@lab\SK@lab@relax
+@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@
+ % \changes{v3.10}{1996/09/06}
+ % {Save prevdepth and restore later}
+ % If we insert a box into the main vertical list, do not want to
+-% change |\prevdepth| as that would afect vertical spacing in the
++% change |\prevdepth| as that would affect vertical spacing in the
+ % document. (The box itself should not cause any difference in break
+ % points as there is a node there anyway coming from the |\write| to
+ % the aux file.
+@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@
+ % \changes{v3.12}{1997/06/12}
+ % {Support cite package. tools/2490}
+ % \changes{v3.17}{2014/04/24}
+-% {rededine \cs{@citex} rather than \cs{cite} for tools/4162}
++% {redefine \cs{@citex} rather than \cs{cite} for tools/4162}
+ %
+ % If \textsf{cite} or \textsf{overcite} is being used, redefine |\citen|
+ % rather than |\cite| so as not to spoil the space and punctuation
+@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+ % \changes{v3.17}{2014/04/24}
+-% {Change name, rededine \cs{@citex} rather than \cs{cite} for tools/4162}
++% {Change name, redefine \cs{@citex} rather than \cs{cite} for tools/4162}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\SK@citex[#1]#2{%
+ \SK@\SK@@ref{#2}\SK@@citex[{#1}]{#2}}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/tabularx.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/tabularx.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009 2014
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
+ %<driver> \ProvidesFile{tabularx.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{tabularx.dtx}
+- [2014/05/13 v2.10 `tabularx' package (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v2.10 `tabularx' package (DPC)]
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+ \documentclass{ltxdoc}
+@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
+ % \begin{macro}{\tabularx}
+ % Prior to v1.06, this macro took two arguments, which were saved in
+ % separate registers before the table body was saved by "\TX@get@body".
+-% Unfortunatly this disables the "[t]" optional argument. Now just save
++% Unfortunately this disables the "[t]" optional argument. Now just save
+ % the width specification separately, then clear the token register
+ % "\toks@".
+ % Finally call "\TX@get@body" to begin saving the body of the table.
+@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\tabularx\csname tabular*\endcsname
+ \expandafter\let\expandafter\endtabularx\csname endtabular*\endcsname
+ % \end{macrocode}
+-% Added at v1.05: dissable "\write"s during a trial run. This trick is
++% Added at v1.05: disable "\write"s during a trial run. This trick is
+ % from the \TeX{}Book.\footnote{Actually the \TeX{}Book trick does
+ % not work correctly, so changed for v2.05.}
+ % \changes{v2.05}{1997/09/18}
+@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\arraybackslash}
+ % "\\" hack.
+-% \changes{v2.08}{2012/02/06}{Dont define this if already defined by newer array package and use tabularnewline now this is in 2e.}
++% \changes{v2.08}{2012/02/06}{Don't define this if already defined by newer array package and use tabularnewline now this is in 2e.}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifx\arraybackslash\@undefined
+ \def\arraybackslash{\let\\\tabularnewline}
+@@ -822,7 +822,7 @@
+ % \end{macro}
+ %
+ % This last section was added at Version 1.02. Previous versions
+-% documentented the fact that "\verb" did not work inside {\ttfamily
++% documented the fact that "\verb" did not work inside {\ttfamily
+ % tabularx}, but that did not stop people using it! This usually put
+ % \LaTeX\ into an irrecoverable error position, with error messages that
+ % did not mention the cause of the error. The `poor man's "\verb"' (and
+@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@
+ % "\let\verb=\TX@verb". (Making sure to restore the real definition
+ % later!)
+ %
+-% "\verb" and "\verb*" are subject to the following restictions:
++% "\verb" and "\verb*" are subject to the following restrictions:
+ % \begin{enumerate}
+ % \item Spaces in the argument are not read verbatim, but may be skipped
+ % according to \TeX's usual rules.
+@@ -927,7 +927,7 @@
+ %
+ % \begin{macro}{\TX@v@}
+ % Loop through the "\meaning", replacing all spaces by "~". If the last
+-% charcter is a space it is dropped, so that "\verb*|\LaTeX|" produces
++% character is a space it is dropped, so that "\verb*|\LaTeX|" produces
+ % "\LaTeX" not \verb*|\LaTeX |. The rewritten tokens are then further
+ % processed to replace "##" pairs.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/theorem.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/theorem.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
+ %%
+ %
+ %
+-\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
++\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
+ %
+ % \ProvidesFile{theorem.dtx}[\FMithmInfo]
+ %\iffalse % this is a METACOMMENT !
+@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@
+ % \begin{verbatim}
+ % \theoremheaderfont{\normalfont\bfseries}
+ %\end{verbatim}
+-% i.e.\ supplying all necessary font informations explicitly.
++% i.e.\ supplying all necessary font information explicitly.
+ %
+ %
+ %
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/trace.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/trace.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+ % Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -34,7 +35,7 @@
+ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{trace.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{trace.dtx}
+- [2014/04/21 v1.1d trace LaTeX code]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.1d trace LaTeX code]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -316,7 +317,7 @@
+ % |\conditionally@traceon| should do nothing. We set them to
+ % |\@empty| not |\relax| since the latter might produce a math ord
+ % in certain circumstances. We also have to make sure that
+-% |\traceon| (as defined further down) is not redfining
++% |\traceon| (as defined further down) is not redefining
+ % |\conditionally@traceoff| again. To make this all work these
+ % redefinitions have to wait until the end of the package.
+ % \changes{v1.1c}{2003/04/30}{Option ``full'' added}
+@@ -436,7 +437,7 @@
+ % it revert all settings changed by |\tr@ce@n|? It should not, since
+ % our goal is to shorten the trace output, thus setting all of the
+ % uninteresting values back makes the output unnecessarily
+-% longer. Therefore we restrict ourself to those |\tracing...|
++% longer. Therefore we restrict ourselves to those |\tracing...|
+ % internals that really contribute to listings like the above.
+ %
+ % And one additional point is worth mentioning. The order in which
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/varioref.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/varioref.dtx
+@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+ % Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -33,7 +34,7 @@
+ %
+ %<package>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/05/16]
+ %<package>\ProvidesPackage{varioref}
+-%<package> [2014/07/03 v1.5a package for extended references (FMi)]
++%<package> [2014/10/28 v1.5a package for extended references (FMi)]
+ % \fi
+ %
+ % \CheckSum{2165}
+@@ -84,7 +85,7 @@
+ %
+ % \section{Introduction}
+ %
+-% In many cases it is helpful when refering to a figure or table to
++% In many cases it is helpful when referring to a figure or table to
+ % put both a |\ref| and a |\pageref| command into the document
+ % especially when there are one or more pages between the reference
+ % and the object. Therefore some people use a command like
+@@ -114,7 +115,7 @@
+ %
+ %\DescribeMacro\vpageref Sometimes one wants to refer only to page
+ % number and again such a reference should normally be suppressed if
+-% we are refering to the current page. For this purpose the package
++% we are referring to the current page. For this purpose the package
+ % defines the |\vpageref| command. It will produce the same strings as
+ % |\vref| except that it doesn't start with the |\ref| and except that
+ % it will produce the string that is saved in |\reftextcurrent| if
+@@ -323,7 +324,7 @@
+ %\DescribeMacro\reftextfaceafter Backward references use
+ % |\reftextbefore| if the label is on the preceding page but invisible
+ % and |\reftextfacebefore| if it is one the facing page (i.e., if the
+-% current page number is odd). Similarily |\reftextafter| is used
++% current page number is odd). Similarly |\reftextafter| is used
+ % when the label comes on the next page but one has to turn the page
+ % and |\reftextfaceafter| if it is on the following but facing page.
+ %
+@@ -1022,9 +1023,9 @@
+ \def\reftextlabelrange#1#2{\ref{#1} ws\nobreakspace\ref{#2}}%
+ }}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+-% Iselandic defaults suggested by Thorhallur Sverrisson
++% Icelandic defaults suggested by Thorhallur Sverrisson
+ % (\verb=thorhs@basis.is=).
+-% \changes{v1.4t}{2007/09/07}{Added defaults for islandic}
++% \changes{v1.4t}{2007/09/07}{Added defaults for icelandic}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \DeclareOption{icelandic}
+ {\vref@addto\extrasicelandic{%
+@@ -1233,7 +1234,7 @@
+ % I.~A.~Kotelnikov and P.~Z.~Chebotaev, and adapted
+ % to the encoding-independent form by Vladimir Volovich
+ % (\verb=vvv@vsu.ru=).
+-% \changes{v1.2a}{1998/11/23}{Added russion strings}
++% \changes{v1.2a}{1998/11/23}{Added russian strings}
+ % \changes{v1.2a}{1998/11/24}{Added defaults for
+ % \cs{reftextpagerange} and \cs{reftextlabelrange}}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -1584,7 +1585,7 @@
+ % stream. Otherwise we insert the second argument. Recall that
+ % those are the two optional arguments of |...|. However, if the
+ % user explicitly requested an empty text string using the optional
+-% argument we cancel any preceeding space.
++% argument we cancel any preceding space.
+ % \changes{v1.2f}{2000/07/07}{Don't output space if optional argument
+ % empty (pr/3230)}
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -1622,7 +1623,7 @@
+ % pages. |\thevpagerefnum| will expand to the page number of the object
+ % (and we know that this is a number) and |\@tempcnta| is either
+ % one higher than the reference page or completely out of bounds.
+-% So if both represend the same value then the object lies one page
++% So if both represent the same value then the object lies one page
+ % after its reference.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \ifnum \thevpagerefnum =\@tempcnta
+@@ -1659,9 +1660,9 @@
+ % does not occur, but of course it isn't impossible if you more
+ % than one reference to the same object, or if you have back
+ % references to sections, theorems, etc. To test this we now
+-% substract two from the current value of |\@tempcnta| (which was
++% subtract two from the current value of |\@tempcnta| (which was
+ % set to one higher as the reference page number). Note, that
+-% substraction is also possible if the value was |\maxdimen| --- we
++% subtraction is also possible if the value was |\maxdimen| --- we
+ % still get something that is much larger than any sensible page
+ % number.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -1732,7 +1733,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.4e}{2003/01/08}{Macro added (pr/3489)}
+ % This macro is like |\label| in the kernel but without passing on
+ % |\@currentlabel|, ie useful if all we are interested in is the
+-% page number. It also has the effect that it is uneffected by
++% page number. It also has the effect that it is unaffected by
+ % \texttt{amsmath} or Babel redefining the |\label| command.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+ \def\vref@label#1{\@bsphack
+@@ -1807,7 +1808,7 @@
+ % \changes{v1.2a}{1998/11/27}{Add \cs{leavevmode}}
+ %
+ % Above comments all refer to the earlier versions where there was
+-% no posibility to suppress the space at all. By now we have
++% no possibility to suppress the space at all. By now we have
+ % |\vref*| and |\vpageref*| to suppress the in internally generated
+ % space by redefining |\vref@space| appropriately.
+ % \begin{macrocode}
+@@ -1911,7 +1912,7 @@
+ \def\vref@pagenum#1#2{%
+ \@ifundefined{r@#2}{\@namedef{r@#2}{{??}{??}}}{}%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+-% Extracting and saving the page number turned out to be a soure of subtle
++% Extracting and saving the page number turned out to be a source of subtle
+ % bugs. Initially it was done through an |\edef| with a bunch of
+ % |\expandafter| commands inside. This posed a problem if the page number
+ % itself contained code which needed protection (e.g., pr/4080) so this got
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/verbatim.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009 2011
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
+ %<*package>
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{verbatim}
+- [2003/08/22 v1.5q LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.5q LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements]
+ \@ifundefined{verbatim@@@}{}{\endinput}
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ %
+@@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@
+ Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text
+ Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text
+ \begin {verbatimlisting}{verbtest.tex}
+- Additonal verbatim text
++ Additional verbatim text
+ ...
+ \end{verbatimlisting}
+ And here for listing a file:
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/xspace.dtx
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/source/latex/tools/xspace.dtx
+@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
+ % \iffalse meta-comment
+ %
+-% Copyright 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005
+-% 2006 2008 2009
++% Copyright 1993-2014
++%
+ % The LaTeX3 Project and any individual authors listed elsewhere
+ % in this file.
+ %
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %<driver>\ProvidesFile{xspace.drv}
+ % \fi
+ % \ProvidesFile{xspace.dtx}
+- [2009/10/20 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH)]
+ %
+ % \iffalse
+ %<*driver>
+@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@
+ \def\@xspace{%
+ % \end{macrocode}
+ % Before we start checking the exception list it makes sense to
+-% performe a quick check on the token in question. Most of the time
++% perform a quick check on the token in question. Most of the time
+ % \cs{xspace} is used in regular text so \cs{@let@token} is set equal
+ % to a letter. In that case there is no point in checking the list
+ % because it will definitely not contain any tokens with catcode~11.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/afterpage.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/afterpage.sty
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %% File: afterpage.dtx Copyright (C) 1994 1994 1995 David Carlisle
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{afterpage}
+- [1995/10/27 v1.08 After-Page Package (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.08 After-Page Package (DPC)]
+ \newtoks\AP@output
+ \global\AP@output\expandafter{\the\output}
+ \newbox\AP@partial
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/array.sty
+@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1998 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
+ \ProvidesPackage{array}
+- [2008/09/09 v2.4c Tabular extension package (FMi)]
++ [2014/10/28 v2.4c Tabular extension package (FMi)]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/bm.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/bm.sty
+@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
+ %% http://www.yandy.com
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{bm}
+- [2004/02/26 v1.1c Bold Symbol Support (DPC/FMi)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.1c Bold Symbol Support (DPC/FMi)]
+ \def\bm#1#2{%
+ \let\bm@pmb\install@mathalphabet
+ \let\bm@pmb@\getanddefine@fonts
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/calc.sty
+@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
+ %% the normal LaTeX bug report address.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{calc}
+- [2007/08/22 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)]
++ [2014/10/28 v4.3 Infix arithmetic (KKT,FJ)]
+ \def\calc@assign@generic#1#2#3#4{\let\calc@A#1\let\calc@B#2%
+ \calc@open(#4!%
+ \global\calc@A\calc@B\endgroup#3\calc@B}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/dcolumn.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/dcolumn.sty
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %% File: dcolumn.dtx Copyright (C) 1992-1996 1999-2001 David Carlisle
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{dcolumn}
+- [2001/05/28 v1.06 decimal alignment package (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.06 decimal alignment package (DPC)]
+ \RequirePackage{array}
+ \def\DC@#1#2#3{%
+ \uccode`\~=`#1\relax
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/delarray.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/delarray.sty
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %% File: delarray.dtx Copyright (C) 1991-1994 David Carlisle
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{delarray}
+- [1994/03/14 v1.01 array delimiter package (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.01 array delimiter package (DPC)]
+ \RequirePackage{array}[1994/02/03]
+ \def\@tabarray{\@ifnextchar[{\@@array}{\@@array[c]}}
+ \def\@@array[#1]{\@ifnextchar\bgroup
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/enumerate.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/enumerate.sty
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %% File: enumerate.dtx Copyright 1993 1994 1999 David Carlisle
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{enumerate}
+- [1999/03/05 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v3.00 enumerate extensions (DPC)]
+ \newtoks\@enLab
+ \def\@enQmark{?}
+ \def\@enLabel#1#2{%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/ftnright.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/ftnright.sty
+@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-2004 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
+ \ProvidesPackage{ftnright}
+- [2010/02/25 v1.1f footnote layout package (FMi)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.1f footnote layout package (FMi)]
+ %%
+ %% \CheckSum{431}
+ %% \CharacterTable
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/hhline.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/hhline.sty
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %% File: hhline.dtx Copyright (C) 1991-1994 David Carlisle
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{hhline}
+- [1994/05/23 v2.03 Table rule package (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v2.03 Table rule package (DPC)]
+ \def\HH@box#1#2{\vbox{%
+ \hrule \@height \arrayrulewidth \@width #1
+ \vskip \doublerulesep
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/layout.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/layout.sty
+@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
+ %%
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{layout}
+- [2000/09/25 v1.2c Show layout parameters]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.2c Show layout parameters]
+ \DeclareOption{dutch}{%
+ \def\Headertext{Kopregel}
+ \def\Bodytext{Broodtekst}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/longtable.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/longtable.sty
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %% File: longtable.dtx Copyright (C) 1990-2001 David Carlisle
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
+ \ProvidesPackage{longtable}
+- [2004/02/01 v4.11 Multi-page Table package (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v4.11 Multi-page Table package (DPC)]
+ \def\LT@err{\PackageError{longtable}}
+ \def\LT@warn{\PackageWarning{longtable}}
+ \def\LT@final@warn{%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/multicol.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/multicol.sty
+@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
+ %% - multicol is used for non-commercial purposes
+ %%
+ %%
+-%% Determinating a license fee might result in a license fee of zero
++%% Determining a license fee might result in a license fee of zero
+ %% (i.e., no payment) in case a producer has determined that the use
+ %% of multicol has no enhancing effect on the product. This is a
+ %% plausible scenario, i.e., in the above two cases the producer is
+@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@
+ %%
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1997/12/01]
+ \ProvidesPackage{multicol}
+- [2014/08/24 v1.8g multicolumn formatting (FMi)]
+-%% \CheckSum{1840}
++ [2014/10/28 v1.8i multicolumn formatting (FMi)]
++%% \CheckSum{1853}
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+@@ -344,6 +344,7 @@
+ \fi
+ \fi
+ \addvspace\multicolsep
++ \prevdepth\z@
+ \mult@info\z@
+ {Ending environment
+ \if@boxedmulticols
+@@ -413,6 +414,7 @@
+ \def\columnseprulecolor{\normalcolor}
+ \def\reinsert@footnotes{\ifvoid\footins\else
+ \insert\footins{}\fi}
++\def\vfillmaxdepth{\vskip \z@ \@plus 1fill \@minus \maxdepth}
+ \def\multi@column@out{%
+ \ifnum\outputpenalty <-\@M
+ \speci@ls \else
+@@ -445,7 +447,7 @@
+ \vbox to\dimen@
+ {\unvbox\count@
+ \remove@discardable@items
+- \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi}%
++ \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi}%
+ }%
+ \setbox\mult@rightbox
+ \vsplit\@cclv to\dimen@
+@@ -453,7 +455,7 @@
+ \setbox\mult@rightbox\vbox to\dimen@
+ {\unvbox\mult@rightbox
+ \remove@discardable@items
+- \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi}%
++ \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi}%
+ \let\ifshr@king\ifshr@kingsaved
+ \ifvoid\@cclv \else
+ \unvbox\@cclv
+@@ -611,6 +613,7 @@
+ \@plus\multicolundershoot
+ \@minus\multicolovershoot
+ \splitmaxdepth\maxdepth
++ \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \setbox\@tempboxa\vsplit\mult@box to\z@
+ \@tempdima\ht\mult@box
+ \advance\@tempdima\dp\mult@box
+@@ -636,7 +639,7 @@
+ \dimen@\topskip
+ \fi
+ \vbadness\@M
+- \vfuzz \col@number\baselineskip
++ \vfuzz \maxdimen
+ \last@try-\p@
+ \loop
+ {\process@cols\mult@grightbox
+@@ -668,7 +671,6 @@
+ \too@badtrue
+ \fi
+ }}%
+- \boxmaxdepth\maxdepth
+ \global\setbox\mult@grightbox
+ \vbox{\unvbox\mult@grightbox}%
+ \setbox\mult@nat@firstbox
+@@ -702,7 +704,7 @@
+ \ifnum\badness>\c@finalcolumnbadness
+ \global\setbox\mult@grightbox
+ \vbox to\dimen@
+- {\unvbox\mult@grightbox\vfill}%
++ {\unvbox\mult@grightbox\vfillmaxdepth}%
+ \ifnum\c@tracingmulticols>\@ne
+ \message{ setting natural
+ (> \the\c@finalcolumnbadness)}%
+@@ -746,7 +748,7 @@
+ \@plus-\multicolundershoot
+ \@minus-\multicolovershoot
+ \unvbox\@tempcnta
+- \ifshr@nking\vfill\fi
++ \ifshr@nking\vfillmaxdepth\fi
+ }%
+ \ifnum\badness>\@M
+ \vfuzz\maxdimen % no overfull warning
+@@ -888,7 +890,9 @@
+ \fi
+ \begin{multicols}
+ }
+- \@namedef{endmulticols*}{\vfill
++ \@namedef{endmulticols*}{\ifshr@nking\else
++ \vfillmaxdepth\nointerlineskip\null
++ \fi
+ \end{multicols}}
+ \mathchardef\@Mv=10005
+ \def\columnbreak{%
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/showkeys.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/showkeys.sty
+@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
+ %% File: showkeys.dtx Copyright (C) 2006-2014 David Carlisle, LaTeX3 Project
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{showkeys}
+- [2014/04/24 v3.17 Show cite and label keys (DPC, MH)]
++ [2014/10/28 v3.17 Show cite and label keys (DPC, MH)]
+ \DeclareOption{notref}{\let\SK@ref\@empty}
+ \DeclareOption{notcite}{\let\SK@cite\@empty}
+ \let\SK@refcolor\relax
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/tabularx.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/tabularx.sty
+@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
+ %% File: tabularx.dtx Copyright (C) 1991-1999 2012 2014 David Carlisle
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{tabularx}
+- [2014/05/13 v2.10 `tabularx' package (DPC)]
++ [2014/10/28 v2.10 `tabularx' package (DPC)]
+ \DeclareOption{infoshow}{\AtEndOfPackage\tracingtabularx}
+ \DeclareOption{debugshow}{\AtEndOfPackage\tracingtabularx}
+ \ProcessOptions
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thb.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thb.sty
+@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ %%
+-\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
++\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
+ %%
+ %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thc.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thc.sty
+@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ %%
+-\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
++\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
+ %%
+ %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thcb.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thcb.sty
+@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ %%
+-\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
++\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
+ %%
+ %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/theorem.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/theorem.sty
+@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ %%
+-\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
++\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
+ %%
+ %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thm.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thm.sty
+@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ %%
+-\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
++\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
+ %%
+ %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thmb.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thmb.sty
+@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ %%
+-\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
++\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
+ %%
+ %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thp.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/thp.sty
+@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
+ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \|
+ %% Right brace \} Tilde \~}
+ %%
+-\def\FMithmInfo{1995/11/23 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
++\def\FMithmInfo{2014/10/28 v2.2c Theorem extension package (FMi)}
+ %%
+ %% Package `theorem' to use with LaTeX2e
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989-1995 Frank Mittelbach, all rights reserved.
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/trace.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/trace.sty
+@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
+ %%
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{trace}
+- [2014/04/21 v1.1d trace LaTeX code]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.1d trace LaTeX code]
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1998/12/01]
+ \DeclareOption{logonly}
+ {\let\tracingonline@p\z@}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/varioref.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/varioref.sty
+@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
+ %%
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/05/16]
+ \ProvidesPackage{varioref}
+- [2014/07/03 v1.5a package for extended references (FMi)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.5a package for extended references (FMi)]
+ %% \CharacterTable
+ %% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+ %% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbatim.sty
+@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
+ %% Copyright (C) 1989--2003 by Rainer Sch\"opf. All rights reserved.
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{verbatim}
+- [2003/08/22 v1.5q LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.5q LaTeX2e package for verbatim enhancements]
+ \@ifundefined{verbatim@@@}{}{\endinput}
+ \newtoks\every@verbatim
+ \every@verbatim={}
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbtest.tex
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/verbtest.tex
+@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
+ Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text
+ Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text Text
+ \begin {verbatimlisting}{verbtest.tex}
+- Additonal verbatim text
++ Additional verbatim text
+ ...
+ \end{verbatimlisting}
+ And here for listing a file:
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/xspace.sty
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tex/latex/tools/xspace.sty
+@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
+ %% Morten H\o gholm
+ \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+ \ProvidesPackage{xspace}
+- [2009/10/20 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH)]
++ [2014/10/28 v1.13 Space after command names (DPC,MH)]
+ \DeclareRobustCommand\xspace{\@xspace@firsttrue
+ \futurelet\@let@token\@xspace}
+ \newif\if@xspace@first
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/tools.doc.tlpobj
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/tools.doc.tlpobj
+@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
+ name tools.doc
+ category Package
+-revision 35209
++revision 35577
+ shortdesc doc files of tools
+ relocated 1
+-docfiles size=787
+- RELOC/doc/latex/tools/00readme.txt
++docfiles size=793
++ RELOC/doc/latex/tools/README
+ RELOC/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf
+ RELOC/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf
+ RELOC/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/tools.source.tlpobj
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/tools.source.tlpobj
+@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
+ name tools.source
+ category Package
+-revision 35209
++revision 35577
+ shortdesc source files of tools
+ relocated 1
+-srcfiles size=249
++srcfiles size=250
+ RELOC/source/latex/tools/afterpage.dtx
+ RELOC/source/latex/tools/afterpage.ins
+ RELOC/source/latex/tools/array.dtx
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/tools.tlpobj
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/tlpkg/tlpobj/tools.tlpobj
+@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
+ name tools
+ category Package
+-revision 35209
++revision 35577
+ shortdesc The LaTeX standard tools bundle.
+ relocated 1
+ longdesc A collection of (variously) simple tools provided as part of
+@@ -50,5 +50,5 @@
+ RELOC/tex/latex/tools/xr.sty
+ RELOC/tex/latex/tools/xspace.sty
+ catalogue-ctan /macros/latex/required/tools
+-catalogue-date 2014-09-06 19:55:20 +0200
++catalogue-date 2014-10-31 15:58:02 +0100
+ catalogue-license lppl1.3
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+@@ -209069,7 +209069,7 @@
+ doccontainersize 2820248
+ doccontainermd5 47c0cd51463f5bedd3b367e8c658fbe4
+ docfiles size=787
+- RELOC/doc/latex/tools/00readme.txt details="Readme"
++ RELOC/doc/latex/tools/README details="Readme"
+ RELOC/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf
+ RELOC/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf
+ RELOC/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/xdvi-config-paper-factorization texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/xdvi-config-paper-factorization
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/xdvi-config-paper-factorization 2014-07-15 17:45:23.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/patches/xdvi-config-paper-factorization 2014-12-02 21:58:17.000000000 +0900
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@
tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb | 1 +
3 files changed, 13 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
---- texlive-base-2014.20140513.orig/texmf-dist/xdvi/XDvi
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/texmf-dist/xdvi/XDvi
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/texmf-dist/xdvi/XDvi
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/xdvi/XDvi
@@ -21,7 +21,17 @@
!!! and greater flexibility for shrink values. Generating MF fonts shouldn't be an
!!! issue when using T1lib.
@@ -26,12 +26,12 @@
!!! This should be the best choice for modern displays with large color depth.
*thorough: true
--- /dev/null
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/texmf-dist/xdvi/XDvi-paper
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/texmf-dist/xdvi/XDvi-paper
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+*paper: a4
---- texlive-base-2014.20140513.orig/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-+++ texlive-base-2014.20140513/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
-@@ -218622,6 +218622,7 @@
+--- texlive-base-jessie.git.orig/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
++++ texlive-base-jessie.git/tlpkg/texlive.tlpdb
+@@ -224585,6 +224585,7 @@
runfiles size=9
texmf-dist/dvips/xdvi/config.xdvi
texmf-dist/xdvi/XDvi
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/source/include-binaries texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/source/include-binaries
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/source/include-binaries 1970-01-01 09:00:00.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/source/include-binaries 2014-12-02 21:59:56.000000000 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fixltx2e.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latex209.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxcheck.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/newlfont.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/oldlfont.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf
+texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf
diff -Nru texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/tpm2deb.cfg texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/tpm2deb.cfg
--- texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/tpm2deb.cfg 2014-10-23 22:26:56.000000000 +0900
+++ texlive-base-2014.20141024/debian/tpm2deb.cfg 2014-12-02 22:33:39.000000000 +0900
@@ -88,6 +88,8 @@
recommends;texlive-font-utils;ghostscript
# we need texlive-latex-base to get xelatex working
depends;texlive-xetex;texlive-latex-base
+# but also texlive-latex-extra for polyglossia
+depends;texlive-xetex;texlive-latex-extra
# and lmodern to make everyone happy
recommends;texlive-xetex;lmodern
recommends;texlive-font-utils;ps2eps
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/alltt.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cfgguide.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/classes.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/clsguide.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cmfonts.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/cyrguide.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/doc.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/docstrip.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/encguide.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/exscale.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fixltx2e.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fixltx2e.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/fntguide.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/graphpap.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ifthen.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/inputenc.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latex209.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latex209.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/latexsym.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lb2.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/letter.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lgc2.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/lppl.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltnews.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltx3info.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxcheck.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxcheck.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/ltxdoc.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/makeindx.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/manual.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/modguide.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/newlfont.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/newlfont.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/oldlfont.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/oldlfont.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/proc.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slides.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/slifonts.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/source2e.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/syntonly.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/tlc2.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/usrguide.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/utf8ienc.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/base/webcomp.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/afterpage.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/array.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/bm.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/calc.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/dcolumn.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/delarray.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/enumerate.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fileerr.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/fontsmpl.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/ftnright.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/hhline.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/indentfirst.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/layout.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/longtable.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/multicol.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/rawfonts.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/showkeys.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/somedefs.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tabularx.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/theorem.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/tools.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/trace.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/varioref.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/verbatim.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xr.pdf differ
Binary files /tmp/WBCXisOTac/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf and /tmp/qK45h8OhpM/texlive-base-2014.20141024/texmf-dist/doc/latex/tools/xspace.pdf differ
Reply to: